Upload
ana-dordevic
View
221
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 1/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 2/191
Resource for ducators
The etropolitan useum rt
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 3/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 4/191
Resource for ducators
The Metropolitan us um of rt
Stella Paul
The Metropolitan Museum Art s teacher training programs and
accompanying materials are made possible through a generous grant
from Mr and Mrs Frederick Rose
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 5/191
Copyright © 1999 by The Metropolitan Museum of Art
Written
by Stella Paul
Designed by
Tsang Seymour
Design
Production by Masha Turchinsky
Copy Edited by Katherine Balch
Photographs of works of a rt in t h e M u s eu m s collection are by
The Photograph Studio of The Metropolitan Museum of Art.
Permissions for reproducing images of works of art:
Reproduction of Kandinsky
The Garder
of Love
1999
Artists
Rights Society (ARS), New York/ADAGp, Paris.
Reproduction of Leger Woman with a Cat 1999 Artists
Rights Society (ARS), New York/ADAGp. Paris.
Reproduction of Mondrian Composition © 1999 Artists Rights
Society (ARS), New York/Beeldrecht
Amsterdam.
Reproduction of Klee
Cold
City © 1999 Artists Rights Society
(ARS), New York/VG Bild-Kunst, Bonn.
Reproduction of Gorky Water of
the Flowery Mill
© 1999 Estate
of ArshiJe Gorky/Artists Right Society (ARS), New York.
Reproduction of Picasso
Gertrude Stein
and
Still Life with
Pipes
©
1999 Estate of Pablo Picasso/Artists Rights Society (ARS).
New York.
Reproduction of Matisse
Nasturtiums with Dance ©
1999
Succession H. Matisse, Paris/Artists Rights Society (ARS).
New York
Reproduction of de Kooning,
Woman ©
1998
Willem de Kooning Revocable Tmst/Artists Rights
Society (ARS), New York.
Reproduction of Pollock,
Autumn Rhythm Number ]
© 1998 Pollock-Krasner Foundation/ Artists Rights
Society (ARS), :-;ew York.
Reproduction of Rothko,
Number
White, Red
on
Yellow) ©
1998 Kate Rothko Prizel
and
Christopher
Rothko/Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York.
Reproduction of Warhol,
Last SelF Portrait ©
1998 Andy
Warhol Foundation for the Visual Arts/ARS, New York.
Reproduction of Brancusi, Bird
in
Space, Miro,
Animated Landscape,
and Giacometti.
Three Me> Walking
©
1998
Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York/
ADAGP, Paris.
Reproduction
of
Bearden,
The Block
Romare
Bearden
Foundation/Licensed by VAGA, New York.
Reproduction
of
Wood.
The Ride
of
Paul
Revere
©
Estate
of Grant Wood/I.icensed by VAGA. New York.
Reproduction of Davis.
Report.from Rockport ©
Estate
of Stuart Davis/Licensed by VAGA, New York.
Reproduction of Johns, White Flag © Jasper Johns/Licenced by
VAGA. New York.
Reproduction
of
Kelly.
Blue. Grew.
Red
permission
of
the artist.
Reproduction
of
Close. LllcaS permission
of
the artist.
Permissions for reproducing comparative photographs:
Photograph of Gertrude
Stein
printed
with
the permission of
the law oCfices
of
Levin
&
Gann [or the esta te
of Gertrude
Stein
and the Yale Collection of American Literature. The Beinecke
Rare Book
and
Manuscript Library.
Photograph
of
Iberian
sculpture
courtesy
of
Archivo
Fotografico. Museo Arquologico Nacional, Madrid. <)8/261 Dp.
Photograph of Matisse. Dance (first version) printed with
permission,
T h e M u s eu m
of
Modern Art, New York.
Photograph © 1998 T h e M u se u m of Modern Art, New York.
Reproduction of the image © S.P.A.D.E.M .. Paris.
Photograph
of
Matisse from the Archives
of
T h e M u s eu m
of
Modern Art, New York. Photograph courtesy of T h e M u s eu m
of Modern Art, New York. Reproduction of the image
S.p.A.D.E.M., Paris.
Photograph of Gorky from the Estate of the Artist. Printed with
permission of the Artists Rights Society.
Pollock photograpl] from Herschel B. Chipp, Theories of
Modern Art:
A
Source Book
by
Artists and Critics,
Cniversity
of California Press, Berkeley and
Los
Angeles. © 1968 by
The Regents of the University of California. Reprinted
with
permission.
The lrascibles photograph by Nina Leen/Life Magazine.
© Time
Inc.
Permissions
for
reprinting poems and
archival texts:
The following writings drawn from Herschel B. Chipp, Theories
of Modern Art: A Source
Book
by Artists and Critics, University of
California, Berkeley and Los Angeles. © 1968 by The Regents
of
the University of California are printed with permission:
Wassily Kandinsky, The Effect of Color, 19II
Paul Klee, Creative Credo,
1920
Fernand Leger, from The Aesthetic of the
Machine, 1924
Piet Mondrian, Plastic Art a nd P ur e Plastic Art, [937
Adolph Gottlieb
and
Mark Rothko, Statement, 1943
For full citations and
information about
original sources
and translations, see individual sections
in
Appendix.
The following writings drawn
from
Kristine Stiles and
Peter Se z,
Theories and DOCllme> ts oIContemporary Art:
A Sourcebook of Artists Writings, University of California,
Berkeley and Los Angeles. © 1996 by The Regents of the
University
of
California are
printed
with
permission:
Mark Rothko, I Paint Very Large Pictures. 1951
Isamu Noguchi, A Sculptor's World, 1968
For full citations and information about original sources.
see individual sections in Appendix.
Matisse, Notes
of a
Painter
©
S.p.A.D.E.'v1., Paris.
Andre Breton,
Manifesto oISurrealism
excerpts drawn
from
translations by Richard Seaver and
Helen R.
Lane, Ann Arbor
Paperbacks, The University
of
Michigan Press.
©
1969 by
The University
of
Michigan. Originally published in Paris by
Jean-Jacques Pauvert Editeur as
Manifestes du Surrealisme.
This excerpt reprinted here with permission.
Grant Wood excerpts reprinted from James
M.
Dennis,
Grant
Wood:
A
Study in American Art and Culture.
by permission of
the University of Missouri Press, Columbia. Copyright © 1975
and 1<)86 by James M. Dennis.
David Smith passage originally from
Everyday Art Quarterly,
(Minneapolis) no. 23, 1952. Reprinted here by permission of
Walker ArtCenter.
The Great Figure byWilliam Carlos Williams, from
Collected Poems:
1909-19]9. Vol.
1.
Copyright
©
1938
by New Directions
Publishing
Corp. Reprinted by
permission of New Directions Publishing Corp.
Translation
of
Ingeborg Bachmann s Bohemia Lies by the
Sea
by
Mark
M.
Anderson. Printed with Mr. Anderson's
permission.
Paul. Stella.
20th-century art at the Metropolitan Museum of Art: a
resource for educators/by Stella Paul.
cm.
Includes bibliographical references.
ISBN 0-87099-899-4
1.
Art,
M ode rn-20t h
cenhlry-Study and teaching.
2.
Met
ropolitan Museum of Art (New York, N.Y.) 3. Art apprecia
tion-Study
and
teaching-New
York
State)-New
York.
I.
Title. II. Title: Twentieth-cenhlry art.
N 65 87 ·N 4M 48 6 1 9 99
709 ·04 00747471-dc21 99-
18
3
06
CIP
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 6/191
able ontents
How to Use This Resource
A Note to Educators
Format
Student Goals
Some General Thoughts about 2oth.Century Art
Grouping Works of Art for Discussion
P· 9
P· 9
P· 9
p O
p 1I
P·15
Works i n t he
Museum s
Collection
Entries
Pablo Picasso,
Gertrude
Stein
Pablo Picasso, Still Life with
Pipes
Henri Matisse, Nasturtiums with Dance
Wassily Kandinsky, The
Garden
Love
Improvisation Number
27
Giorgio de Chirico, Ariadne
Marsden Hartley, Portrait a German Officer
Fernand Leger, Woman with a
Cat
Paul Klee, Cold City
Piet Mondrian, Composition
Constantin Brancusi,
Bird
in Space
Joan Mir6, Animated
Landscape
Charles Demuth, The Figure 5 in Gold
Georgia O Keeffe,
Red,
White and Blue
Grant Wood, The Ride Paul
Revere
Stuart Davis,
Report
from
Rockport
Willem de Kooning,
Woman
Arshile Gorky, Water the Flowery Mill
Alberto Giacometti,
Three
Men Walking II
Jackson Pollock, Autumn Rhythm Number3
David Smith, Tanktotem II
Edward Hopper,
Office
in a Small City
Jasper Johns, White Flag
Mark Rothko, No.
White
Red
on Yellow
Ellsworth
Kelly
Blue, Green, Red
Romare Bearden, The Block
James Rosenquist,
House
Fire
Red Grooms,
Chance
Encounter at 3 M
Andy Warhol, Last SelfPortrait
Isamu Noguchi, Water Stone
Chuck Close, Lucas
Anselm Kiefer, Bohemia
Lies
by the Sea
Appendix
Artists Writings: A Selection of Primary Sources
Poems Related to Specific Paintings Included
in
This Resource
A Very Selective Glance at Some
Key
Historical
Events That Have Shaped
Ou r
Period
Selected Sources for Further Information
P·17
P·19
P·23
P·27
P·3
1
P·35
P·39
P·43
P·47
P·5
1
P·55
P·59
p.63
p.67
P·7
P·75
P·79
p 83
p.87
P· 9
1
P·95
P·99
P·
o3
P·
o7
p 1I1
P·1I5
P·1I9
P·
2
3
P·
2
7
P·13
1
P·135
P·139
P·143
P·
16
7
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 7/191
cl nowledgrnents
Many colleagues
here
in th e
Museum
participated
in
essential ways
in
the development of this resource; their
feedback was invaluable
on
too many levels to properly
note
h er e i n this short acknowledgment. Without the gen-
erous attention
o f
William S Lieberman, Jacques an d
Natasha
Gelman
Chairman
o f
2 th Century Art; Kay
Bearman, Administrator; Lisa M Messinger, Assistant
Curator;
an d
Anne
Strauss, Research Associate, these
materials could never have
been
produce d. I w ant to
extend a very special thanks to Kathleen Howard, Senior
Editor.
the Counsel s Office, special thanks to Cristina
Del Valle and to Julie Zeftel in the Photograph an d Slide
Library. James Bednarz was the greatest and certainly
most patient) sounding boa rd throughout; his help was
truly inestimable, an d I m grateful for it.
my
own department, many of
my
colleagues read
the manuscript, an d shared insights and direction that
have
been
essential. Not only useful, their feedback
through innumerable
dis cuss ions has prove n to be
among
th e
most
enjoyable offshoots of this writing assignment.
was a g re at p le as ur e to talk a bo ut t he ar t w it h m y o wn
colleagues h er e i n Education, among them Kent Lydecker,
Nick Ruocco, Rebecca Arkenberg, Nelly Silagy Benedek,
Felicia Blum, Deborah Howes, Elizabeth Hammer Mune-
mura, Jennifer Tesoro Reese, Amy Silva,
and
Jean Sora-
bella. I also want to extend thanks to Masha Turchinsky,
Terry Russo,
an d
Paul Caro for the ir w ork
in
producing
the resource, an d to Emily Roth, Naomi Niles, Joanna
Naratil, an d Vivian Wick, who are responsible for the bib-
liography. Ou r
many
stimulating discussions about books
w ere a real ple as ure. Tha nks also to Patrick Seymour for
the handsome design
of
this publication. Jeremy Stynes,
Kristina Kaczmarski Sears,
and
Lisa Syrianos played a big
role, as always. Special thanks to intern Joy McAlpine,
who
made an important
contribution
in
securing the
rights to all the archival material used in this resource.
Finally, three
high
school apprentices did excellent work
on this kit: Shay Melia, Ryan Lally
and
Ayelet Bacon.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 8/191
orewor
o
student
or teacher should study th e art
o f
the
twentieth century without reference to masterworks in
The Metropolitan Museum of Art. 2 th Century rt
Resource for Educators provides you with some of th e
essential tools for your classroom: texts posters slides
a CD-ROM an d a video based on examples from the
twentieth-century collection of t he M us eu m. T he
Museum s
internet site www.metmuseum.org also
features educational content that may be
used
in th e
classroom.
Teachers can
us e
these resources to prepare classroom
activities
or
to pre pa re s tude nts for a visit e ithe r to the
Metropolitan Museum or to your local museum Students
can also u se t he materials as reference for class projects
an d reports. We invite you to explore an d innovate.
Follow th e teaching strategies suggested in the text bu t
adapt and select according to your own curriculum or
teaching goals.
Stella Paul associate
museum
educator at the
Metropolitan has consulted with
Museum
colleagues
and New York teachers to write these materials supported
by the D epartme nt
o f
Twentieth Century Art an d William
S Lieberman Jacques an d Natasha Gelman Chairman.
Ou r s pe cial thanks go to the m. 2 th Century rt
Resource for Educators is s upporte d by a generous gra nt
from Mr. an d Mrs. Frederick P Rose who share our
commitment
to New York s teachers
an d
to teachers
throughout America.
Philippe de Montebello
Director
Kent Lydecker
Associate Director for Education
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 9/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 10/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 11/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 12/191
How to Use This esource
NOTE
T EDU TORS
This res ourc e for e duca tors is des igne d to be a
flexible tool that can be
u se d i n
any n um b er o fways by
you
and
your students:
on
its own
in
the classroom
pre pa ra tory to a visit to the Muse um
or afterward as a
follow-up.
Similarly you may wish
to
concentrate on
only
a
few sections
or
on m ny in any order that you feel works
to
the benefit of your class The material is
not
meant to pro
vide a linear history of t he a rt
o f
ou r
century; rather the
guide s hould be c onside re d as a s et
of
opportunities to
familiarize your students with some
exceptional works
of
art in th e Museum s collection each of which is certainly
worthy of close examination and sustained discussion.
The resource packet is self-sufficient; you may
use
it as a
tool for classroom teaching without ever visiting the
Museum. If y ou do p la n a t ri p to t he M us eu m y ou will
find many
o f
the works discussed here on view in the gal
leries; other works though will
not
be
on
view
on
the
occasion
of
your visit. Since the collection is far larger
than available exhibition space the installations rotate.
Every visit to th e twentieth-century galleries will be differ
ent; enjoy the pleasures
an d
challenges of seeing some
familiar works an d encountering some new ones.
FORM T
Each work of
art
s discussed individually s that this resource
can
be
used in whole
or
in part
For each work a few key concepts
or
issues are
extracted
i n b ri ef
summaries. These as well as other
points are elaborated in a s hort es sa y that addresses each
work separately. It s up to you whether the essay serves as
your own bac kground or is pas se d a long to your s tude nts
particularly those at the
high
school level. The essays are
written in a straightforward manner with
no
arcane lan
guage
or
obscure references that
might
get in
the
way o f
looking closely at the art.
To structure classroom discussion you may use the
specific discussion strategies that accompany every work.
These discussion strategies propose questions or com
ments t ha t m ay b e p os ed to s tu de nt s to g ui de them
in
c om ing to the ir own understanding of each work
an d
in
developing their own vocabulary to articulate their
res pons es to art. The que stions a re des igne d to fos te r
active learning by
honing
critical thinking
an d
language
skills
and
by engaging students
in
discussion. These ques
tions and
th e
open-ended responses they are designed to
elicit have
been
developed to enable your students to
elucidate in their own words the issues addressed in the
short essays.
The discussion strategies that are incorporated in
th e
individual sections for every work
of
art function as
les sons . The se a re des igne d as a vehicle for you to lea d
your class to develop
an understanding
of each work
and
for each student to fra me his
or
he r perspective
in
their
own words. While these strategies or lessons are
presented here as verbal exercises innumerable written
assignments are a natural extension
o f
this kind
of
classroom dialogue. These assignments can be based
on further research or they can be more immediate
such
as a thoughtful written
summary of
e ac h s tudent s own
analysis o f a given work of art.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 13/191
We invite you to peruse
the
section called Grouping
Works of Art for Discussion
p.
IS , where you will find
proposed linkages or comparisons between works. These
connections can stimulate discussion, refine a student s
analytical or interpretive skills, and lead to powerful
insights.
Some teachers may wish to
use
this kit in a continuing
way, scheduling discussions of individual works
or
group-
ings of works
on
a weekly basis over the course of
an
entire semester, for example. After you have led your class
through
a
number of
these discussions, you
might then
consider assigning students specific works for which they
will take teaching responsibility: leading the class in a dis-
cussion about a work
that
they have studied or prepared
in advance. This strategy will provide for you
some
project-
oriented
assessment
possibilities for each student.
There is
an appendix in this ki t a kind
of condensed
source book
of
artists own writings. Each
o f
the passages
featured
here
can provide a
most
interesting
point of
departure for student work. Students can engage in the
fascinating process of
coming
to terms with archival
sources, reading an d interpreting contemporaneous per-
spectives on work
that
we can now examine in broader,
historical contexts. Also in the appendix, you will find
three poems that bear a critical connection to specific
paintings presented in this kit. Finally, just to
remind
you
an d
your students
that
all art is created within
th e
broad
historical, cultural, social, an d political circumstances
of
its
time, we have included a highly selective timeline o f key
events i n t he twentieth century.
You are the best judge for deciding which sections will
elicit the
most
productive responses from your students.
Please feel free to use this mater ial as a point of departure
for planning your own related activities and projects,
or
for
developing your own
unique
discussion strategies.
STUDENT GOALS
• Learn to develop critical thinking: through close
analysis
an d
inquiry, students will arrive at their
own conclusions about the
meaning of
works.
• Consider artistic modes
of
problem solving.
Doing so carefully will alert students to the
vast universe
of
expressive, analytical, an d
intellectual possibilities.
• Understand that the art
of
the twentieth century
is challenging: artists develop original interpre-
tations, sometimes pushing the boundaries of
expectation or taste. Students can learn from
considering why a given object is considered
controversial or not, an d why society s views
about such matters change over time.
• Develop new insights into the creation
of
art
by considering its broader contexts: historical
events, philosophical movements, literature.
• Develop
an d
refine research skills. A close
examination
of
a work
of
art is an encounter
with
an
authentic, primary source. meaning-
ful probe
of
such a visual primary source will
sharpen
research skills for dealing with other
kinds
of
primary sources.
• Develop an ability to grapple with complexities,
with unanswerable questions, an d with unrec-
oncilable, competing multiple perspectives,
which are often a
component of
twentieth-
century art. Students will learn how to address
an ambiguous, complex worldview with
many
nuances.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 14/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 15/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 16/191
Some General Thoughts about 2 th Century rt
THE
ROL
OF THE VIEWER
picture
is
not thought out an d settled before-
hand. While it is being done it changes as one s thoughts
change. And when it
is
finished, it goes on changing,
according to the state
of mind of
whoever is looking at it.
A picture lives a life like a living creature, undergoing the
changes imposed on us by ou r life from day to day. This is
natural enough, as the picture lives only through the
ma n
who is looking at it.
Pa b l o
Picasso 1935
I
don t
think
of
my
work ever as a complete thing.
I
think
of it as a tool to get someone of f on their own vision.
J a me s
Rosenquist 1972
There is reciprocal action between a work
of
art an d each
viewer.
A ns e l m Kiefer 1985
To interpret a work
of
art is to develop
an
understand
ing
of
and
an
appreciation for the vision
of
the artist who
has created it, bu t the interpretation is in equal measure
the fruit
of
each viewer s unique and reasoned perspective.
There is no point more central to this particular resource
kit. The work
of
the three artists quoted above spans the
century, yet each artist expresses
in
his own words the crit
ical role that every viewer brings to bear
on
understanding
a work of art. How can each of us learn to look carefully at
the art,
then
find the voice
and
build the vocabulary to
articulate a sound interpretation? That is the important
work
of
the viewer, and it is also his or he r greatest
pleasure.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 17/191
WH T IS IT TO BE MODERN
This resource kit provides a dynamic tool for understand
ing works
of
art created in the twentieth century. Its
approach to close looking does
no t
supplant a comprehen
sive history o f the period, which is available in many
published forms in any library. But in order to achieve the
substantial student goals that have already been outlined,
here we examine the art from a slightly different vantage
point. With this in mind, it may be useful to
think
about
a few general perspectives when coming to terms with the
art of
our time.
Just as
in
all historical periods, artists
in
the twentieth
century help define the
meaning
of their times. Think
about
some
leitmotivs or themes that seem to come up
regularly, such as artists concentrated efforts to comment
on the structure
o f
reality, the
nature of
perception and
thought, the human condition, the interior world of the
human mind an d the complexities
and
contradictions
of
human nature. Common concerns
and
obsessions that
ru n through
the art
o f
this century include
• A s ense
of
active experimentation; risk taking
• A self-conscious examination
of
the nature of art; work
that reflects itself an d its status as art
• A keen attentiveness to the language
of
form and a
belief
in
its power to communicate
• A desire to provoke viewers to see things in new ways
• The beliefthat art unveils fundamental psychological or
phenomenological
truths
• A new approach to subjectivity that tests the limits of
objective standards of reality; changing attitudes about
the possibility-or impossibility-for objectivity
• A new, inclusive approach to subject matter
Consider the above focal points as you examine the
works included in this guide,
and
use them
in
comparing
and
contrasting works. To help in this process, see
Grouping Works
of
Art for Discussion (p.lS), where
you will find suggestions for linking specific works.
12
I ENTIFYING V RIOUS
MOVEMENTS
IN RT
Art historians categorize movements
in
art according to
style or doctrine, a profoundly interesting intellectual
discipline that can establish coherence and rigor.
Yet
it
can be very daunting to
memorize
and keep track
o f
the
appropriate art historical terms, and if we force a focus
on
the scholarly vocabulary we ru n the risk of diverting
our
attention from interpreting what a work communicates
through its visual makeup.
Also, once we start concentrating on labeling, a natur
al tendency develops to assign neatly illustrated examples
to every category, and arrange them all in an artificial, lin
ear fashion.
ife
is messier
than
that. Categories shift over
time,
and
artists approach their work with a great variety
of
concerns that may differ and even conflict; it s entirely
possible to have multiple, competing perspectives at play
in anyone artist s career. So if you re no t a specialist, you
ru n the risk
of
assigning the wrong labeL
About schools or formal artists groups: there are
times
when
artists
band
together, producing a catalytic
effect on one another s work. Occasionally these groups
are highly formalized, with shared ideologies and even
published manifestoes. But often artists groups consist of
loose associations
o f
friends with
no
overarching plan.
Pablo Picasso and his friend and fellow artist Georges
Braque came together for a
brief
period
in
the early part of
the century to develop one
of
the watershed movements in
ou r
period: Cubism. These two
m e n d id n t
function as col-
laborators before or after this particular interlude in their
development. The Abstract Expressionists-whose work
changed the course
of
the art world
in
the period immedi
ately following World War
II-were
never a formal school
or
group. Jackson Pollock, Mark Rothko, Willem de Koon
ing,
and
others were only loosely associated. So be careful
about asserting binding categories, when real life is so
fluid.
you focus too much
on
the categories, you may
begin to feel that you cannot have a valid experience
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 18/191
without seeing all the important markers. But in no muse
um in
the world will you encounter a comprehensive and
definitive treatment
of
the whole century with all its devel
opments. Just teach your students to address what is
in
front of them and they will find great rewards wherever
they go.
Still
if
you do want to introduce your students to the
intellectual rigors of understanding art historical cate
gories or movements you can use this resource as a point
of
departure for considering
some but of
course not
all relevant
breakdowns. A few
of
the possibilities that
you may incorporate from this resource kit include
Cubism: see Pablo Picasso
till
Life
p
23
Neoplasticism: see Piet Mondrian
p 5
Surrealism: see Joan Mir6
p
59
Regionalism: see Grant Wood p 7
Abstract Expressionism: see Jackson Pollock
p
9 ;
Willem de Kooning p. 79; Mark Rothko p 107;
Pop Art: see James Rosenquist
P.II9;
Andy Warhol
p 127
THINKING OUT THE RO DER CONTEXT
Like
everything else in life art doesn t function
in
a vac-
uum; it exists
in
social historical an d intellectual contexts.
Every artist discussed
here
responds in his
or
her
unique
way to the rapidly changing circumstances
of
the modern
world. All artists function in response to historical context:
key events discoveries horrors and pleasures of the
society in which they live. It will prove very stimulating
to keep this in
mind
when examining an individual work
and to ask What is the artist s particular relationship to
the complexities
of
the world?
This resource kit doesn t
presume
to be a full history
of the art let alone a broad-based history of the period. But
in the appendix you will find a highly selective timeline
noting some events that have shaped our century. This is
to
remind
you that context provides a very rich avenue for
interpretation.
is also a marvelous jumping-offpoint for
student projects. Through their own research and discus
sion students can pursue the important question What
difference does context make? Incidentally you may also
wish to consider another important question What events
or
breakthroughs have
been
left out of this particular selec
tive timeline and how would you or your students change
it to reflect their perspective on history?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 19/191
MOR SUGGESTIONS OUT LOOKIN
You may approach the art f rom any number ofvantage
points, each of which will certainly yield insights
and
help
your students develop skills.
ey
issues will emerge again
and again, providing rich areas for discussion; in the
twentieth century, artists draw upon a
tremendous
array
of techniques and materials, the realm of subject matter
becomes infinitely broad,
and
the boundaries of art
are extended.
One
issue to keep in mind: look closely at each object
and
see that meaning is embedded
in
every detail. Stu
dents will be able to come to
valid and
profound inter-
pretations
of
works on the basis of looking, even without
extra background research. s they study each object,
focus on
• Form: shape, configuration, structure, considered apart
from color
and
material; the way in which the parts
are organized
• Color:
the
artist s choice of
hue and treatment
• Medium: mater ia l
an
object is made
of
(for example, oil
paint, watercolor, wood, steel)
•
Manner
or style in which the image is painted or sculp
ted: For example, is the paint applied with a brush? Are
the brushstrokes evident? Is the pigment thick or thin?
Is a sculpture carved
of
wood? Are the chisel marks
evident? Is the surface smooth or textured?
• Scale: overall size
of
the work, and also relative sizes
of
images that are depicted
in
the work
Consider the Subject
You may wish to group works according to subject, such
as portraiture or landscape, making comparisons between
similar subjects treated differently by various artists. f
the work is abstract rather
than
figurative, do
not
rule
out
the question of subject; students will be enriched by
exploring expressive
or
symbolic
meanings
of form.
With
much
of the art represented in this guide, you
will explore the interplay between real and fantastic,
documentary
and
imaginative. It s useful to keep
in
mind
a fundamentally abstract core issue:
that
all art is
artificial
and
its imagery unreal. Picasso summed
up
this
important issue: They speak
of
naturalism in opposition
to
modern
painting. I would like to know if anyone has
ever seen a natural work of art. Nature
and
art, being two
different things, cannot be the same thing. Through art we
express our conception
of
what
nature
is not.
Consider Context and Inspiration
Sometimes, a work
of
art is created in direct response to
The art
of
the past
The art
of
other cultures
Specific historical events
Personal history or recollection
Aesthetic theory
General aspects of
contemporary life, such as politics,
current
events, or
consumerism
Cross-fertilization that comes from encounters with
parallel fields, such as literature or music
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 20/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 21/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 22/191
Grouping Works of rtfor Discussion
P·I9
P· 7
P·39
P
p.63
P·79
p.87
P·99
P·
I
5
p
I
3
p.
I
7
P·I35
You may choose to examine works of art individually or in
groups. Sometimes comparing works enriches the discus-
sion
n
brings students own analyses into a sharper
focus. With that strategy in mind consider the following
groupings and don t hesitate to establish your own mean-
ingful groupings
of
objects.
Within each suggested grouping select a few works
to compare; pairings of your own choice within these
headings will provide good ground for a productive class
discussion or individual project.
Our Place in the World: Thinking about the
um n
Figure and Portraiture
Pablo Picasso
Gertrude Stein
Henri Matisse
Marsden Hartley
Fernand Leger
Charles Demuth
Willem de Kooning
Alberto Giacometti
Edward Hopper
Romare Bearden
Red Grooms
Andy Warhol
Chuck Close
Considering Attitudes about Everyday Objects:
Nonheroic Subject Matter
Pablo Picasso Still-Life P 3
James Rosenquist P I9
Stuart Davis P 75
Depicting the World Around Us: Blending
Documentary and Fantastical Impulses
Henri Matisse
Wassily Kandinsky
Giorgio de Chirico
Paul
Klee
Joan Mira
Georgia O Keeffe
Grant Wood
Stuart Davis
Arshile Gorky
Edward Hopper
Jasper Johns
Ellsworth Kelly
Romare Bearden
Red Grooms
Anselm Kiefer
Divergent Attitudes about the Urban World
Stuart Davis
Edward Hopper
Romare Bearden
rtand Narrative
Grant Wood
Romare Bearden
Red Grooms
Nonfigurative rt Finding Meaning in Form
Piet Mondrian
Constantin Brancusi
Jackson Pollock
David Smith
Mark Rothko
Ellsworth Kelly
Isamu Noguchi
P· 7
P·3
I
P·35
PA7
P·59
p.67
P·7
I
P·75
p.83
P·99
P·
I
o3
p l
P·
I
5
p
I
3
P·I39
P·75
P·99
P·
I
5
P·7
I
P·
I
5
p
I
3
P·5
I
P·55
P·9
I
P·95
P·
I
o7
p
P·I3
I
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 23/191
The Power of Color to Evoke Meaning
Henri Matisse
Wassily Kandinsky
Paul Klee
Piet Mondrian
Joan Mira
Willem de Kooning
Mark Rothko
New Materials n Techniques: Pushing
Conventional Limits
Jackson Pollock
David Smith
Romare Bearden
Jasper Johns
Andy Warhol
Does Scale Make a Difference? Thinking about
Overall Size
Paul
Klee
Alberto Giacometti
Jackson Pollock
Mark Rothko
Anselm Kiefer
P·27
P·3
P·47
p·SI
P·S9
P·79
P·lo7
P·9
P 9S
p IlS
P·lo3
p 127
P 47
p 87
P·9
P·lo7
P· 39
Literature: References
n
Inspirations
Charles Demuth
Grant Wood
Anselm Kiefer
Language n Words: Thinking about Titles
of Works
Marsden Hartley
Arshile Gorky
Jackson Pollock
Edward Hopper
Anselm Kiefer
Thinking about Language n Words as
a Compositional Element
Pablo Picasso till ife
Stuart Davis
Music
n
Its Connections to Art
Wassily Kandinsky
Romare Bearden
p 63
P·7
P· 39
P·39
p 83
P·9
P·99
P· 39
P·23
P·7S
P·3
p IlS
More Questions about Scale: Relative Sizes
of
Images
in
a Composition
Georgia O Keeffe p 67
Romare Bearden p IlS
James Rosenquist P Il9
6
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 24/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 25/191
Works in the Museurn s Collection
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 26/191
NOTE BOUT THE YTHIS SECTION
ORG NIZED
The works are arranged chronologically. Each is
identified
in
a citation that includes the artist s
nationality, birth nd death dates, title nd date
of
the work, medium material), size height x width
for paintings, nd
h ei gh t x wi dt h x d ep th for
sculptures), credit line indicating how the work
came to the Mus eu m),
nd useum
accession
number.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 27/191
blo ic sso
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 28/191
SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER
• Pi casso ha s conveyed a feeli ng about w ho t hi s
subject is an d
what he r
personality is like. Every
element
of
the
picture plays a role
in
ou r
interpre
tation
of
the
subject:
he r
posture,
he r
gestures,
the
overall compositional structure, th e specific colors
used, an d
the
style
in
which
the paint
is applied.
• Th e face-stylized planar, masklike-was painted
in after a long interval an d
without
having th e sub
ject pose.
is treated differently
from
the
figure.
•
Th e
difference in style between the face an d body
suggests a transition that Picasso was making in
his art:
from
an
interest
in
p r ption
what th e
eye c an see) to
on ption
what the mind knows or
believes).
• Fo r Picasso p or tr ai tu re is less a bo ut likeness
objective description
of
what a person looks
l k -
a nd m or e about hi s own responses to
the
subject
he
paints. Even so, this particular portrait does
resemble its subject.
Spanish, 1881-1973
ertru e
t in
19°6
Oil on canvas, 9 8 x
in.
Bequest
of
Gertrude Stein, 1946
47.
106
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
J us t by looking a t this portrait-with
no
prior knowledge
of who
th e
s itte r or the a rtis t is, or
the
circumstances of its
creation-we w ould c erta inly be a ble to formula te a dis
tinct
impression
of this woman s
strength
an d capabilities.
She is solid, massive, imposing, an d powerful.
How
do we
know? It s not a s imple ca se of accurate rendering
of
phys
icallikeness. In this portrait, Picasso turns away from
purely objective description
in order
to explore his ideas
or
responses to the subject. In fact, every aspect of the paint
ing communicates an impression
to us, inc luding its s truc
ture, color, and method of applying the pa int to the s urfa ce
of
the canvas.
In
this reduced palette,
brown
tones playa
prominent
role. The chair
an d
wall
behind
appear
in
muted,
warmer
versions of
t he s am e
basic color
scheme
as
th e
subject s
clothing. No
hot
spots
or
flashes
of
brilliant
hues
distract
ou r
eye; even
t he o ne p oi nt
of
heightened
color, he r coral
brooch,
sounds
a
modest
note.
The
figure is massive;
she s
the main event here, a nd o ur attention is
not
diverted by
extraneous background details. She leans forward slightly,
which makes he r an active, dominant presence, an d which
also compresses he r trunk, arms, and upper legs into one
tight, bulky shape. He r
perimeter
forms a pyramid, w ith
th e
effect of rooting
th e
form solidly in its space.
At the apex of this pyramid is
the
head-stylized angu
lar, planar-which stands ou t f ro m t he r es t of th e compo
sition. Notice th e asymmetrical facial features; consider th e
eyes
in
particular. The figure
seems
to b e w ea ri ng a wood
en or otherwise h ar d m as k r at he r t ha n a face of soft flesh
an d blood. By contrast,
th e
figure s h an ds a nd body are
blocky bu t lifelike. Those elements
and
the background are
rendered in
light brushstrokes; Picasso
uses
traditional
techniques of modeling an d shading to convey their
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 29/191
Gertrude Stein in her studio at Rue de Fleurus in Paris
rounded forms. A study
of
when and how Picasso made
this work will suggest to us reasons for these distinctions
between the figure s face and the rest of the painting.
The subject is Gertrude Stein, well-known author and
patron
of
the
arts. An American living in Paris, she
encouraged many exceptional artists by buying their work
and inviting them to gather for spirited discussions at
her home. Pablo Picasso was a young man of twenty-four
when Gertrude Stein (age thirty-two) posed for this
work, later to become one of his most famous portraits.
In a book she wrote called The Autobiography Alice B
Yoklas Gertrude Stein described the circumstances. She
wrote
of
ninety sittings, a staggeringly high
number.
All
of a sudden one day Picasso painted out the whole head.
I
can t
see you any longer when I look,
he
said irritably.
And so the picture was left like that.
After a long summer vacation
in
Spain, Picasso
returned to Paris and repainted the head
and
face,
bu t
without having Stein come for another sitting. Apparent
ly
friends-put
of f
by
the severe, stylized, immobile
face-wondered
whether Picasso had achieved
an
exact
likeness, or instead had reduced their friend to an expres
sionless mask. Picasso said, In the end she will manage
to look just like it. Stein herselfwas tremendously
pleased with this work. She hung it in her home in a
place
of
honor for the rest
of
her life and donated it to
the Metropolitan Museum upon
her
death.
Her
2
Fragment an ancient
Iberian
stone bas relief
Museo Arqueol6gico
Nacional Madrid
companion, Alice B Toklas, wrote: Gertrude always sat
on the sofa and the picture
hung
over the fireplace
opposite and I used to say in the old happy days that they
looked at each other and that possibly when they were
alone they talked to each other.
The contrast between the head and body is riveting.
This powerfully expressive artistic technique reveals
Picasso s development as an artist. What happened dur
ing that
summer
break that would set Picasso off in a
new direction? No doubt, several factors contributed to
his changing approach to art.
He
was inspired
by
newly
discovered ancient sculpture, created in pre-Roman times
on the Iberian peninsula. He may have seen such objects
during his travels in Spain. The artist may also have seen
examples
of
the ancient Iberian work at the Louvre Muse
um
in Paris, where such sculpture was on exhibition dur
ing the late spring
of
1906. Picasso was drawn to these
primal objects and their severe, stylized faces with large
eyes and distorted features.
Perhaps this encounter with ancient art inspired
him
to push his own art in new directions. He moved away
from describing what his eye could see-perceptual reali
ty-toward
an
exploration of what his
mind
could envi
sion-conceptual investigation. Almost a century later,
we look back on this particular painting as a pivotal work.
When we study this portrait, we gain key insights into
Picasso s career, and the work that would influence
many, many artists still to come. An artist
of
our own
time period, Frank Auerbach, reflected on the impor
tance of this particular painting. When asked, When did
Picasso grow up? he replied, With the portrait of
Gertrude Stein,
of
course
PABLO PICASSO,
Gertrude Stein 1906
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 30/191
STRATEGIES FOR
DISCUSSION
Thinking about the Subject
Even
if
we didn t know her name or anything else about
the woman depicted here, we can tell a lot about
her and
about what the artist thought of her just by looking
closely at the picture.
Describe this woman s character and her personality
traits, and then discuss why you have come to various
conclusions about her.
syou reflect
on
who she is, think about how the artist
has communicated his feelings about her. Describe her
pose how she holds her body, where she places
her
hands, and the gestures Picasso has painted.
Do
you think
that such elements are expressive? How so
Describe the artist s use of color. Does it communicate
anything? What?
Now consider how she is positioned
in
this composition.
Is she central? Symmetrical? Does her presence fill the
bulk of the composition? What does this say about her?
PABLO PICASSO. ertrude Stein
9 6
The Circumstances of Making This Painting
Gertrude Stein (the subject) posed for Picasso ninety
times, but
he
was not satisfied with his treatment
of
her
face, so he painted it out. After a long interval, he
returned to the picture and painted
in
the face.
Do you notice any difference between his treatment of the
face
and
the rest of this composition? Be very specific in
describing the difference.
Does the face
remind
you
of
any other kind
of
art? Some
say that it is masklike. Do you agree? Do you think that
Picasso may have been inspired by another art form-
perhaps an art associated with ancient times? Why do you
think an artist would find influences i n an art not of his
time or
in some cases, not
of
his culture?
Consider two kinds of approaches: in one, the artist is
concerned with documenting tangible things the way the
eye sees them;
in
the other approach, the artist is con-
cerned with what he thinks or feels about a given thing. Is
it possible that both approaches are reflected in this paint-
ing? How?
21
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 31/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 32/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 33/191
Notice Picasso s almost monochromatic color scheme
of
muted browns, taupes, and grays. There is little dis
tinction between background and object. Can you tell
what is meant to be air space a nd w ha t is s up po se d to be
a solid object? Solids and voids have almost equal weight
h er e. O ne f or m bl ee ds i nt o t he next; t he re are few clear
boundaries between things. Myriad small, shardlike
shapes fill the composition, clustering especially in its
center. These small fragments are each delicately mod
eled, stippled with small strokes
of
paint. This kind of
marking reminds us of conventional techniques of tonal
modeling, techniques used for centuries to show round
ness the
illusion of depth or volume on a flat surface.
B ut here the markings are removed from their standard
descriptive function. Rather than accurately describing
the volume of solid forms in space, these markings are
floated randomly throughout the whole composition. But
every now and then, Picasso uses an illusionistic device
that is familiar
to
u s, s uc h as t he s ha do w ca st
by
the nail
mentioned earlier. This kind of tease impresses on us
just how radical his methods are.
C onsider the subject matter: we cannot read into it
any deep historical or moral lessons. T here s no lofty
narrative story to tell. We have to work quite hard to
decipher what is being shown here;
in
t he en d, i t s ee ms
to be a b un ch of rather ordinary objects assembled by
happenstance. Letters and words are incorporated into
the composition s
if
they were objects in themselves.
The word ocean appears twice. Picasso probably saw the
word on a packing crate or an advertisement. Letters are
inherently flat anti-illusionistic). Language is innately
understood to
be an abstract symbol. y bringing into
his pictures letters and language, Picasso further expands
the boundaries of visual art, challenging all of us to
redefine its limits.
PABLO
PICASSO
till Life wit Pipes 19II
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 34/191
STRATEGIES FOR DISCUSSION
Determining What Is Depicted
You have to study the picture very carefully
in
order to see
that it is a still life
an
arrangement
of
objects
on
a table.
A horizontal line appears to the left of the table it repre-
sents a rope. What are the three objects hanging from the
rope? How is the rope attached to the wall?
What does the rectangular shape with letters represent?
Can you identify the language of the words?
In
the central part
of
the composition can you make
out any shapes that might represent a water pitcher? A
coffeepot?
Letters and Words Introduced
into the Context of Fine Art
The letters
e
a n spell out an English word. They
are not attached to a particular object. Think about the
kinds oflettering
and
words we routinely see in everyday
life on billboards or signs or in newspapers. Such kinds
of advertisements or labels probably served as the inspira-
tion for
ocean
Why would random fragments of routine
life be appropriate subjects for a painting?
Fragments
of
words in French including excerpts
of
the
title of a book by a French author named Dumas appear
elsewhere in the picture. Find the words and then try to
analyze why Picasso might have incorporated this incom-
plete reference in the composition.
PABLO
PICASSO till
Life
wit
Pipes
II
In other periods in history artists tried to make
pictures that told an important story or revealed some-
thing heroic about past history mythology
or religion. o any of these concerns
playa
role
in Picasso s choice of subject matter?
What is an appropriate subject for art? Consider the
question from your own personal standpoint and from
that of Picasso.
How Picasso Responds to Real Objects: Moving Away
from a Record
of
Visual Perception
Picasso could have painted the objects in a very
recognizable way yet he chose not to. Instead he ana-
lyzed real objects
and
then reorganized them. Describe
how he has reassembled things in this new approach.
Why are objects depicted as fragments?
s there a great difference between the objects
and
the
background space in which they sit? What has Picasso
done to equalize these two elements? Consider color and
shading and other artistic techniques in formulating your
answers. Why do you think the artist would want to blur
the boundaries between solid objects and space?
Propose a few reasons for why
an
artist might decide
to reject a photographic or naturalistic approach.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 35/191
enri atisse
French, 869 954
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 36/191
SOME
POINTS
TO
CONSIDER
• For Matisse, careful observation is a point
of
departure for creative transformation.
• Color
and
form are
expressive full of
meaning
and feeling rather than naturalistic or imitative.
• Matisse moved beyond the outward appearances
of
things in order to explore what he believed to
be their inner meaning.
• Each part of the composition functions in its rela
tionship to every other. The whole is one coherent
expression built through the interdependence
of
all
of
its components rather
than
through the power
of a few key elements.
• The subject
of
this work a picture within a
picture allows
for
numerous
ambiguities, both
spatial and psychological.
For writings by Matisse see Appendix
p
143
Nasturtiums with Dance
9
Oil on canvas, 75
liz
x 45 3/8 in.
Bequest
of
Scofield Thayer, 1982
9
8
+433.
6
NOTES
ABOUT
THIS
WORK
Even though we can easily identify every item shown in
this painting, at first glance we may not be able to identify
the subject: a picture within a picture. The graceful and
exuberant dancers that seem to be frolicking
in
the coun
tryside are actually a
fragment
of a large horizontal paint
ing, Dance shown leaning against
the
wall of the artist s
studio. In this interior view, the peach-colored area in the
foreground represents
the
floor
of
the room.
An armchair
with a striped
cushion
is partially shown on the left,
and a vase filled with nasturtium flowers sits
on
a type
of three-legged stand that artists sometimes use for
making sculptures.
Is this work merely a direct transcription
of
what
Matisse saw in his room? For this artist, careful observa
t ion serves as a point
of
departure for creative transforma
tions. Matisse said, I
must
interpret nature
and
submit it
to the spiri t of the picture. Through subtle effects of crop
ping and distortion, Matisse has blurred a few rational
boundaries and created a complex work that transcends a
commonplace image
of
an interior room in order to sug
gest his attitudes about
the
human condition. Consider
the
placement of
the
three-legged stand. The two legs in front
rest firmly within the space
of
the room,
but
the position
of
the third leg is ambiguous . Does i t res t within the space
of
the painted picture within the picture, on the grassy hill
where the dancers cavort?
How
is
that
possible, unless
Matisse is purposely playing with shifting boundaries?
Look at the fragment
of
the figure on the far r ight . We see
a bit
of
fleshy pink skin and the barest hint
of
a thin
arm
reaching
out behind the
vase. But
what
about
the green
lozenge shape that is positioned where the
head
should
be? Certainly it can represent the figure s head, bu t
i t also suggests a leaf,
both
in shape and color and adds
another
layer of possible ambiguity.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 37/191
Dance first version 1909,
oil on
canvas, 8 6
I
12 9
I
in.
The
Museum
Modern Art
New
York.
Gift ofNe/son
Rockefeller
in honor
Alfred
H Barr, Jr.
With this work, Matisse was not interested in render
ing human anatomy accurately; the figures show tremen
dous liberties.
In
1912
when Matisse painted this work,
people didn t normally dye their hair green, yet one fig-
ure seems to have a green head. We cannot even identify
whether these androgenous dancers are male or female.
The limbs
of
each figure are distorted, distended, putty
like in appearance rather than muscular. The sinuous
limbs link together rhythmically, and their contours cre
ate a dynamic energy. In fact. the shapes created by the
empty spaces in between the figures are particularly
expressive. Matisse charges every single part
of
the com
position with meaning and importance: The place occu
pied by the figures or objects. the empty spaces around
them the
proportions-everything
plays a part.
Color plays a fundamental role. Just as the radically
simplified. distorted forms carry expression, so too does
the luminous color. Like form, color is emancipated from
imitation of the natural world in order to convey feeling.
Each area of color evokes an intense sensation. Even
more important, the interaction
of
the various colors and
their interdependence create a harmonic balance, the
underlying feeling of the work. The way Matisse has
applied the color also conveys meaning. Dynamic,
brushy, fluid strokes of paint allow the canvas to show
Matisse in 19 3 or 1904 with the painting The Monk in
Meditation
and
the
sculpture
The Serf
through in many places. Look at the central figure and
examine the edges in particular; there is no rigid border
or outline. Look at the peach-colored foreground where
sketchy pencil marks show through the final layer of
paint in this finished composition.
In this painting. Matisse has created a world with no
specific narrative story to tell. All the incidentals are
stripped away to revel in essential attitudes about life and
the human condition: joy harmony, purity, and balance.
Matisse noted that the work of art must carry within
itself its complete significance and impose that on the
beholder even before he recognizes the subject matter.
Matisse s goal was to reach beyond the external appear
ances of things
in
the world
in
order to describe the feel
ings generated by those things. Form, color,
and
line are
the means
he
used to express his vision.
HENRI MATISSE, Nasturtiums with Dance.
1912
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 38/191
STRATEGIES FOR DISCUSSION
Looking at the Subject
Take a few minutes to describe what Matisse has
painted in this scene.
In order to focus on the picture closely, think about
foreground, middleground, and background.
In the foreground, look at the chair on the left and
notice h ow it is c ropp ed a t t he left a nd bot to m. We s ee
only a fragment of the armchair. What does that tell us
about the scene? Now take a close look at the figures in
the background of the composition. Are there hints that
there are other figures that are not fully visible in
this composition?
What kind of furniture is shown in the middle ground-
the item with three legs and a tabletop? oyou recognize
this particular type of table? Artists use these tables
to
make sculpture.) What kind of room do we associate it
with?
is u sed i n
an
artist s studio. In such a studio,
paintings are often seen resting on the floor, leaning
against a wall.
Looking at Spatial Arrangements
Of course, since this is a painting, it is a two-dimensional
object. But artists have the capacity to show the illusion
of
space even on a flat surface.
Try to analyze where things rest in space. For instance,
examine the legs
of
the sculpture stand. Where do the two
front legs rest, spatially? How about the third leg? Is it
inside the artist s studio or outside
in
a landscape?
HENRI
M TISSE Nasturtiums with Dance
9
How Much Do We Know about T hese
Human
Figures?
C an you tell the gender of the figures? Their specific
location? The time
of
day T he time period in which
they live?
Why do you think that Matisse provided no clues to
any of the above questions? Does an absence of clues
have meaning?
What are the figures doing? How, exactly, do you know
the answer to that question?
Are these figures accurate representations
of human
anatomy? What distortions is the artist deliberately creat
ing? What is the effect of the distortions?
How Is Color Used?
Is the choice of color based
upon
observation of real
things? What distortions is Matisse using?
How is the paint applied? C an you see brushmarks?
oyou notice any sign of sketches that Matisse might
have made on the canvas even before he began to apply
paint?
Is each item clearly outlined? Are the edges smooth or
rough? Why What effect does this create?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 39/191
Wassily andinsl<y
Russian, 1866 1944
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 40/191
SOME POINTS
TO
C ONSIDER
• In this imaginary landscape, some elements are
recognizable an d other areas
of
the composition
are abstract.
• Kandinsky believed that artists should reveal spiri
tual truths that lie behind external appearances.
• For Kandinsky, color itself had deepmeaning and
could be spiritually expressive.
He
felt equally
strong about form. He advised, Look at a painting
as a graphic representation
of
a mood
an d
not as
a representation
of
objects.
• This artist drew parallels between different art
forms-specifically, music and the visual arts.
orwritings
by
Kandinsky
see
Appendix p 147
The
Garden
Love
Improvisation Number
27
9
Oil
on
canvas,
473/8
x 55 ; in.
Alfred Stieglitz Collection,
1949
49·7°·1
NOTES AB OUT T HI S WOR K
Kandinsky gradually eliminated all traces of the natural
world in his paintings in order to create a purely abstract,
nonobjective art with no recognizable imagery. But with the
art of the twentieth century, it doesn t have to be either/or.
This work reveals just how rich that middle
ground
between abstraction an d figuration can be.
In
this painting,
external appearances are dematerialized, bu t references to
identifiable objects remain.
Garden Love Improvisation Number 27) is an imagi
nary landscape. I n t he center of this composition, a huge
su n
emits
orange rays. Three separate couples embrace.
The couple to
the
left of the su n appear to be seated with
their arms
entwined. In
the
lower right,
another
pair
recline a black shape
on
top
of
a white figure. The
third
pair of lovers (in green
an d
blue) is above
th e
sun, jus t
touching it. These figures are
not
specific people; they re
symbols that represent general humanity. The long, ser
pentine, black line to th e right
of
the
su n
represents a
snake in the garden. Above th e snake, other straight black
lines suggest a fence. Some imagery is implied yet
not
made
explicit by
the
fluid shapes
an d
large
translucent
patches
of
color;
perhaps there s
a
horse and
a dog
in
this
scene. In the upper right corner, an
ominous
patch of
scratchy black strokes
seems
menacing. H er e a nd i n
other
works by Kandinsky, this particular
mark
serves as his
visual metaphor for darkness an d rain. Like many artists,
Kandinsky acquired a repertory
of
recognizable forms that
often reappeared in his work. By examining a whole body
of work, art historians become familiar with
an
array of
forms an d the personal meanings that such forms convey
for the artist.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 41/191
this dreamy scene, colors
and
forms
seem
to
almost
float in space, yet Kandinsky anchors them
here
and there
by
using
black accents at strategic points.
y
thinning the pastelike oil pigments, he produces trans-
parent
veils
of
color
that
appear as if washed onto
the
canvas-an oil painting
that
shares some of
the
charac-
teristics of a watercolor. Intuition and emotion,
not
opti-
calor sensory perception, dictate Kandinsky s choice
of
colors and forms.
He
believed
that
a work of art should
express
the inner
character of things,
not their
external
appearance. Kandinsky advised, Look at a painting as a
graphic representation
of
a mood and not as a represen-
tation of objects. For Kandinsky, every form and every
color carried expressive meaning alone and in nuanced
combination. He developed a new pictorial language to
express that complex meaning. Concerning color, he
wrote about
the
physical effect of seeing beautiful colors,
and then he described a deeper, psychological effect:
They produce a corresponding spiritual vibration, and it
is only as a step toward this spiritual vibration
that the
physical
impression
is of importance Generally
speaking, color directly influences the soul. He
expressed that concept in many ways in his writings. He
draws
an
analogy between
the
role of an artist
and that
of
a musician: Color is
the
keyboard,
the
eyes are
the
ham
mer
the soul is
the
piano with many strings. The artist is
the hand that plays, touching
one
key or
another
pur-
posely, to cause vibrations
in the
soul.
Kandinsky was acutely sensitive to music. Apparently,
he first experienced the sensation of colors evoked
specifically by
sound
while attending a performance
of
Wagner s Lohengrin This inc ident led to his theory of
mutual
exchanges, in which color evokes sound and
vice versa: colors have
an
inaudible
inner
sound. He
actively sought
out
connections with musicians. For
example, after attending a concert by Schonberg in 19 I I
he began a correspondence with
that
composer.
In
addi-
tion to the parallels between colors
and
sounds, Kandin-
sky found
other
connections between
painting
and the
composition
of
music. The word
improvisation
part
of
this painting s tit le, is a term used
in
music.
Kandinsky devoted a great deal of time to formulating
his complex theories
on
art;
in
1912
he
published the
important text
Concerning the Spiritual in Art.
He believed
that
an artist s major task was to reveal the
fundamental
spiritual realities
that
lie behind
the
world of apparent
substances. Kandinsky took this approach for many com-
plex reasons.
Key
personal events
inspired
new directions
in
his art.
In
addition to
such
events, we
might
ask about
broader historical circumstances that
perhaps
contributed
to Kandinsky s predisposition to look beyond the materi-
al, physical world to explore the inner spirit. Some
scholars have noted that Kandinsky was jolted by news
of physicist Ernest Rutherford s
bombardment
of the
atom in
1911.
With
new
knowledge
of
the fragile nature
of the
material world, perhaps Kandinsky reaffirmed his
fascination with an inner, spiritual content.
WAS SILY KAN
DIN
S
KY The Garden
Love
Improvisation Number 27), 1912
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 42/191
STRATEGIES FOR DISCUSSION
The Painting s Subject: Abstraction
and
Figuration
Some forms in this painting stand for specific things.
Find forms that relate specifically to a landscape.
For example look in the center
of
the composition and
identify what the large yellow circle represents.
Are there other elements that are identifiable?
This garden is populated with three pairs
of human
lovers. Find the pairs. The figures are not shown in a
very naturalistic fashion. How do you know they are
human
figures?
What does the word abstract mean?
Is this painting completely abstract? Completely
figurative?
In
between? Look closely at the painting
to
begin to answer these questions.
W
ASSI
LY KANDINSKY The
arden
ove
mprovisation Number 27 1912
Real or Imaginary?
Is it a real place? What leads you to your conclusion?
Are the human figures portraits of specific people
or do they represent anonymous types?
Notice the
u vy
black horizontal line whose left edge
touches the sun shape. This ma y be a case where a
shape suggests something rather than explicitly describes
something. What is
it
A snake in a garden often refers to another very famous
garden described in the Bible. In what Biblical garden
does a serpent
playa
major role? Why would a modem
artist refer back to the Bible?
The Special Power of Color
Does Kandinsky use color in a way that corresponds to
the
way
the eye sees things? In other words are the color
choices true to life?
Kandinsky had particular personal ideas about the
power
of
color and specific personal reasons for
selecting various colors.
Why would an artist purposely avoid using colors
to describe the way things actually look to our
eye
Color can convey mood or emotion. While thinking
about the colors in this picture name some moods the
colors seem to suggest alone and in combination.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 43/191
iorgio
hirico
Italian,
1888-1978
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 44/191
SOME POINTS TO
CONSIDER
• De Chirico creates
an
unreal, dreamlike scenario.
Its components have mysterious relationships.
We can suggest some specific meanings in these
relationships, but other meanings transcend
rational explanation.
• Disparate elements are juxtaposed; allusions to
both the ancient and modern world, historical ref
erences, and personal memories all come into play.
• De Chirico reinforces the overall effect-anxiety,
foreboding, loneliness,
and
abandonment-
through artistic means, such as a pitched,
unsettled perspective.
• This
landscape which
has no
human presence-
evokes an impression
of
silence, stillness, and
desertion. Such impressions are reinforced when
we think about the title
of
the work, riadne
and the ancient story of Ariadne s desertion
by Theseus.
riadne
19
1
3
Oil and graphite on canvas, 53 3/8 x
71
in.
Bequest
of
Florene M Schoenborn,
1995
199
6
.4°3.
1
NOTES ABOUT THIS WORK
In
this depiction
of
a deserted public plaza, past fuses with
the present to evoke
an
enigmatic dream world. While its
precise meaning is impossible to penetrate, an overall
impression is clear: this dream world is rife with anxiety,
foreboding, loneliness, and abandonment De Chirico
admired
the German philosopher Nietzsche, who
described his own sense
of
foreboding that underneath
this reality
in
which we live
and
have
our
being, another
and altogether different reality lies concealed. Those
words could just as well describe de Chirico s point
of
view. This artist blends reflections
on
art, philosophy, the
ancient past, and the modern world with personal memo
ries to devise his own unique reality.
No human
beings populate this stark landscape, which
looks like a theatrical set. The scene
seems
frozen and the
air still. The light is mysterious and eerie; light and dark
elements contrast with a heightened, dramatic tension.
There is a sense of muteness We look down upon the
plaza, shown at an uncomfortable, slightly pitched angle.
This particular, unstable perspective
on
the scene con
tributes to our discomfort. To the right, a colonnade walls
in
the scene; it, too, pitches back into space in a steep
recession. Ominously, the somber arches cast
an
enor
mous shadow, which covers nearly two-thirds of
the
com
position.
The
plaza itself,
the
colonnade,
and
de Chirico s
fascination with rendering perspective all recall the early
Renaissance in Italy. He was inspired by Renaissance mas
ters who often structured their paintings around key archi
tectural elements, and whose experiments in perspective
so influenced the development of Western art over the fol-
lowing centuries.
But de Chirico goes back even further in t ime to reflect
on
antiquity. The
huge
statue
of
the reclining
woman
is de
Chirico s rendition
of
a specific ancient
work a
Roman
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 45/191
copy
of
an ancient Greek sculpture. The figure is Ari-
adne. In ancient mythology, Theseus sails to Crete, kills
th e
Minotaur,
and then
faces the
danger
of
becoming for-
ever lost i n t he labyrinth. Ariadne,
daughter
of
Crete s
King Minos, has fallen
in
love with Theseus and helps
hi m escape
f ro m t he
labyrinth by giving hi m a
thread
to
mark his path. The couple
then
flees to the island of
Naxos. But Theseus ultimately abandons poor Ariadne.
The ancient
statue
s ho wn h er e i n
de Chirico s composi-
tion
represents this
part
of
the
story. Ariadne is
a s l e e p
alone an d
forgotten-on
Naxos.
The deserted plaza depicted h er e i n this composition
can stand as a metaphor for the ancient story
of
Ariadne s
abandonment by Theseus. Mood is conveyed by the spe-
cific configuration
of
objects de Chirico chose to focus
on. It is also carried through formal means: th e height-
e ne d a nd stilted contrasts
o f
cast shadows, a nd t he tilted,
uncomfortable grounding of the whole scene. De Chirico
wrote about painting s special power to
communicate
through
fo rm-o n a
profound
level;
he
believed painting
to be t he m os t expressive of all the arts: Music cannot
express the non plus ultra
[sic] of
sensation. After all, one
never knows what
music
is about. After having
heard
any
piece of
music the
listener
h as t he
right to say, an d can
say, what does this mean? In a
profound
painting, on th e
contrary, this is impossible: one must fall silent when
o ne h as penetrated it in all its profundity. Then light an d
shade, lines
an d
angles,
an d
the whole mystery
o f
volume
begin to talk.
Various elements of the picture reflect different time
periods; the ancient world,
the
Renaissance,
a nd t he
modern
world all coexist
in
a relatively disjunct blend.
When
de Chirico painted this picture
he
lived
in
Paris,
b ut h e was b or n i n Greece a nd h ad s pe nt his childhood
there. In focusing on this image (an ancient representa-
tion of a mythological story), de Chirico reflects on
the
classical past an d also perhaps on memories of his child-
hood. The large ship with sails i n t he distance is of an
indeterminate time
period (neither ancient no r modern).
To its left, the modern world enters the picture: a loco-
motive billowing smoke moves across th e horizon. The
locomotive ma y also relate to childhood memories, since
de Chirico s father worked as an engineer for the Greek
railways. But
the
two vehicles
of
transport-train an d
ship-may
also suggest connections to the ancient Ari-
adne story.
th e
train an d ship
transport
somebody?
Perhaps we are glimpsing
an
outward sign
o f
a loved
one s departure.
De Chirico s work
had
a great impact
on
artists
an d
poets in France, whose surrealism was inspired by his
visionary paintings. The leader
of
th e Surrealist group,
Andre Breton,
admired
de Chirico s expression, which
he
described as irremediable human anxiety. De Chirico,
however, later called his approach metaphysical, a term
h e u se d to evoke his work s strange an d fantastic content.
Like those in a dream, th e disparate images in riadne
have mysterious metaphorical relationships. Sometimes
we can propose meanings conjured up by these
unusual interconnections; sometimes, they transcend
rational thought.
GIORGIO
DE
CHIRICO
riadne 9
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 46/191
STRATEGIES FOR DISCUSSION
What Kind of Landscape Is This?
Take a few minutes to describe the scene. Consider each
of
the items
in
the composition.
What kind of environment is this?
Can
we
identify whether this is a specific ( real ) place or
a completely imaginative one?
What exactly leads
you
to your conclusions?
Is the lack of humans significant? If so, describe the effect
this creates.
References to Past and Present: Thinking about Memory
and History
Some parts of the composition refer to the ancient world.
The statue depicts Ariadne a figure from ancient mythol
ogy who has been abandoned by her lover, Theseus, after
they fled from Crete to the island of Naxos). Why might
a twentieth-century artist find interest in ancient sources?
Would you say that the story of Ariadne s abandonment
is shown through pictorial means, in addition to being
suggested by the depiction of the statue itself? How so?
Consider different time periods that are shown together
here in this one composition: ancient, Renaissance, and
modern. You already examined references to antiquity.
Now identify elements that symbolize other periods.
Think about how or
whether they
connect with one
another. Do the different elements represented in this
picture relate
in
a logical way to one another?
GIORGIO DE CHIRICO riadne 9
Consider personal references that might relate to de
Chirico s own background. Hint: De Chirico grew up
in
Greece, and his father was a railway engineer.
Think about how de Chirico blended the past and the
present in this painting. Why do you think he used this
approach, and what do you think the overall effect of
such blending is?
Compositional Structure
Artists use techniques of perspective to show the illusion
of a three-dimensional world in a painting, which is
actually flat. How is perspective used here?
Does everything appear to rest firmly in space? If not,
describe the effects you see. Describe the feeling you get
from de Chirico s sloping, slightly skewed landscape.
7
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 47/191
arsden artley
American,
1877-1943
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 48/191
SOME P OI NT S T O
CONSIDER
• This is a portrait
of
a specific person,
and
yet it
is comprised entirely
of
symbolic and abstract
elements; there are no overt references to
human
anatomy or physiognomy.
• Military insignia, details drawn from uniforms,
and flag imagery help to identify the subject as
a soldier. Other clues to his identity are initials
and numbers.
• Among other formal attributes, assertive
patterning and bold coloration convey the artist s
feelings about his subject.
• Even tho ug h there are n o figural elements, this
portrait is a highly personal, deeply felt tribute:
an
elegy to a fallen soldier.
ortrait a erman ffi er
9
1
4
Oil on canvas, 68
x 4 3/8 in.
Alfred Stieglitz Collection,
1949
49.7°-4
2
NOTES
ABOUT THIS WORK
H ow c an this painting be called a portrait? Normally, we
expe ct a portrait to look like the person i t depic ts , to s how
recognizable features. Yet the composition lacks a head or
a body. Rendered entirely in abstract symbols
rather
than
physical, anatomical attributes, ortrait a erman
ffi er
is Marsden Hartley s highly personal reflection on a good
friend.
An effusion of bold stripes, checkerboards,
and
diago
nals are patched together in this composition
of
harsh, gar
ish
colors. The effect
of
this exuberant patterning recalls a
parade
of
flags
and banners
Military insignia, too, playa
major role. Positioned where you might normally expect to
fin d a
head in
a conventional portrait,
an
Iron Cross
a
German military decoration) appears, bold enough to dra w
our eye in quickly. But Hartley has emphasized it further
by outlining it in w hite , ringing it in red, then embedding
it in a triangle or a rrow s ha pe ), w hich is itse lf reminiscent
of
some kind
of spear.
In the upper
right corner, two
lances peak
out from behind a red, s as hlike s ha pe w ith
white stripes. At the lower right, we can see two tassels
hanging
from w ha t might be an epaulet. A spur,
such
as a
soldier might wear on horseback, projects from
the
side of
the
r ed cro ss a t t he
bottom
of the composition. Although
they serve as abstract emblems the
forms
and
patterns
also refer to specific, tangible materials associated with
military
uniforms and the
paraphernalia of ceremonial life.
We c an
surmise something
about
the
subject s identity
from these references. He was a soldier.
On
one level, there s
nothing
personal about
the
image;
it contains
no
human features.
The insistent
focus
on
mili
tary accoutrement reminds us that one of the effects of
m ilitary tra ining is to s trip away a s oldier s individua l
39
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 49/191
Related drawing:
Marsden Hartley. American 1877 1943
Military Symbols I ca.
1913 14
Charcoal
on
paper
4
4 x 8 4
in.
Rogers Fund 1962
62.15.1
idiosyncrasies in order to foster a larger team entity. Fur
thermore, the subject s
name
is omitted from the title of
the picture,
Portrait
a German
Officer which prevents
us
from focusing on a specific man.
On
another level, the
more
we look at the picture , the more
we
know about the
particular human being depicted here.
Some clues
to
the subject s identity: his initials,
KvF, appear in the lower left corner, and his age,
twenty-four, is noted toward the right. He was
Karl
von
Freyburg, whom Hartley described
as
a man
in
perfect
bloom of six-foot splendor. The painting is a memorial
to von Freyburg, a German soldier who was killed in
battle early in World War Hartley, an American,
had
gone to Berlin, where he was captivated
by
the pageantry,
ceremony, military order,
and
what
he
called spick
and
spanness in the order oflife,
the pavements shining
Related drawing:
Marsden Hartley. American 1877 1943
Military Symbols 3
ca.
1913 14
Charcoal
on
paper 4 4
x
8 4
in.
Rogers
Fund 1962 62.15-3
like enamel leather. The delight was tempered by the
death
of
his friend.
In visual terms, Hartley tries to express his unen
durable agony with this picture.
As
a memento, Hartley
was given von Freyburg s Iron Cross (awarded to him for
bravery just one day before his death) and the shoulder
straps from his uniform. He used these as a point
of
departure for his moving tribute. Larger than life, the
patterned flags, emblems, bits of uniform, and insignia
are laid out on a deep black background. The use of
black, a color traditionally associated with mourning,
reminds us that this picture is an elegy.
Hartley takes pattern and form and transforms
them
into specific meaning. He referred to the process
of
transformation as quickening plain things into a state
of true reality.
MARSDEN HARTLEY, Portrait ofa German Officer 1914
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 50/191
STRATEGIES FOR
DIS USSION
Looking at What Is Depicted: What Is a Portrait?
Traditionally when we think of the word portrait we
envision a picture showing recognizable human features.
Does this painting depict a recognizable face?
ody
Put aside the idea that a portrait must show physical
attributes and consider whether you can identify anything
recognizable in the painting.
Do
you see anything that
reminds you
of
flags or banners? What do you associate
such imagery with?
Notice the elements in the upper right corner. What are
they?
Can you find items associated with a military uniform
in the picture such as tassels or spurs?
W ha t c an we s ur mi se a bo ut t he p er so n h on or ed i n
this portrait?
Think about the following statement: there s no human
likeness depicted in this portrait nor is the subject s
name used
in
the title of this work yet it is a p ict ur e
of a specific human being. Is the painting personal or
impersonal? Now analyze exactly why you ve reached
these conclusions.
MARSDEN HARTLEY
Portrait
o
German Officer 1914
Looking at the Composition
Take a few minutes to describe how the composition
is organized. Describe the use
of
patterning. How does
the patterning affect how you feel about the picture?
Consider the words
symmetrical
and
frontal Do
such
words apply here? e specific.
What shapes and forms are positioned where you would
expect to find a head in a conventional portrait? Is this
significant? How so
T he Use
of
Color
Describe the color palette that Hartley used in this work.
How do you think his specific color choices contribute
to the feeling of this painting?
There are occasions when color is traditionally associated
with symbolic events or circumstances. The color black
is one such case. Notice that the background
in
this paint-
ing is a very dense black. Describe the possible signifi-
cance of this fact.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 51/191
ernand
eger
French, 1881-1955
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 52/191
SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER
• This is an anonymous figure an d not a portrait
of a specific person.
• She looks unreal robotlike as if made out
of
metal tubing rather than flesh an d blood. This
robotlike stance is meant to be a
positive
attribute.
Leger evokes machines in celebration
of
the
modern age an d the promise it holds for all me n
and women.
• The way the paint is applied contributes to the
machinelike impression. There are no brush
strokes. The surface is clean, pristine, smooth.
The palette is reduced to a few colors.
• Leger has made the background equivalent to
the figure itself. He believed that beauty resides
everywhere.
Human
beings were one object
among
others and
all things were equivalent in
importance an d
in
aesthetic beauty.
For writings by
Leger
see ppendix p 5
oman with a at
19
2
Oil on canvas, 3/8 X
35
in.
Gift of Florene M Schoenborn, 1994
1994-4
86
NOTES
OUT
THIS WORK
A nude woman sits in an armchair, impassively reading an
unidentified book,
he r
black cat resting on
he r
lap. Do we
know anything about t he w om an w ho m Leger depicts cen
trally in this painting?
He r
body appears machinelike, the
parts apparently more akin to aluminum tubing than to
soft flesh and blood. He r limbs an d even he r neck and
head are smooth, steely, tubular forms. Geometrical
shapes define each part
of
he r anatomy simple spheres,
cones, an d tubes are combined together to create this
human form, much like various interchangeable machine
parts would be assembled to create a robot.
Every element of th e composition is treated in the
same manner. The
woman s
dark hair is a stark vertical
band, very similar to other dark bands used to suggest the
architecture
of
the room she sits in
an d
the edges
of he r
chair. She leans against a pillow the same color as
he r
skin;
both pillow an d flesh have
the
same
texture
an d
substance. Leger applies the paint
in
a pristine way; th e
surface is smooth and we don t see
much
evidence
of
individual brushstrokes. Leger has purposely reduced his
palette to a handful
of
colors: red, yellow, black, gray,
an d white.
Leger doesn t clothe this
woman s
metallic figure.
Clothing would have obscured the basic form of this
massive body, although it would have provided clues to
he r identity. She has no facial features an d therefore
no expression for us to read into. There s no narrative
or story to tell, no sentimental associations. She
remains anonymous.
Leger considered such anonymity a positive attribute,
not a negative judgment. The human figure is bu t one
object among others. Leger said, Beauty is everywhere.
43
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 53/191
44
He
celebrated the
modern
advances
of
his time finding
beauty in machine made and mass produced objects
applauding their functionalism and precision. This artist
saw great promise in these products of the
machine
age.
He
believed that technology would provide wonderful
new opportunities for all members of society leveling the
vast
and
unfair differences between rich and poor. Leger
wanted his ar t to reflect these concerns both in h is
choice
of
subject
matter
and in the way
the
images are
painted. He also felt strongly that by creating an art form
that spoke directly to his time
he
would be completely
accessible
to
everyone regardless
of
wealth or class.
Leger said that his powerful social convictions
came
as a revelation during his service
in
the French army dur-
ing
World War
He
had grown up in a privileged
milieu
but
in wartime
he
was suddenly working shoul-
der to shoulder with men from every walk of life. bat-
tle every member
of
the team
had
to funct ion in
harmony. He also came to a profound appreciation for
the
machines of
war. For
the
rest
of
his life Leger tried
in
his art to express the lessons he had learned from his
wartime experience: the
oneness
of man and machine
and total democratic equality among all people.
FERN ND
LEGER om n with Car
9
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 54/191
STR TEGIES FOR DIS USSION
The uman igure
Do we know anything about this woman?
What would
we
normally rely upon to reveal information
about a person depicted
in
a painting? Why doesn t she
have a face? Why doesn t she wear any clothing?
erbody comprises geometrical shapes that are only
vaguely reminiscent ofhuman anatomy. Describe the
kinds
of
geometrical forms that the artist uses here. What
do
the forms remind you of?
Why is her skin gray? What material does it resemble?
She is anonymous and machinelike. For some artists
these attributes might be construed as negative but not
for Leger. Describe how such characteristics might be
considered to be positive.
FERNAND LEGER
om n with at
9
The Way This Work Is Painted
Consider the colors used here. Describe the effect
of
this
limited palette.
Can you see any brushstrokes? Describe the
manner in
which the artist applied the paint in this work.
Is the background treated differently from the human fig-
ure? For instance look
t he w om an s h ai r a nd t he n look
at the black vertical strips painted in the upper back-
ground. What do you think the similarity in treatment
among all the elements of the composition might mean?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 55/191
Paul Klee
German,
1879 194°
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 56/191
SOME POINTS
CONSIDER
• Klee has painted a landscape that includes refer
ences to the tangible world, bu t here the world as
we know it has been transformed into a fantastic
realm
of
the imagination.
• Subtle gradations of color are shown in overlap
ping planes
an d
echoing forms, providing a sense
of
motion an d weightlessness.
• The work is based on carefully considered theories
about the relationship
of
colors-specifically, the
properties
of
complementary h ues w hen
they interact.
For writings by
KIee
see ppendix
p
49
ol
ty
19
21
Watercolor on paper, 8 ; X 5/8 in.
The Berggruen Klee Collection, 1987
19
8
7 455
8
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
In this urban night-scene,
luminous
buildings float against
a velvety background. Each
form the
full
moon
above as
well as
the
various buildings b e lo w e c ho e s in space,
refusing to
maintain
a strict
or
stable perimeter. This mys
terious place
o f
the
imagination is a symbolic landscape
rather than a documentation
o f
a
known
environment.
Klee felt free to couple references to visible reality with
equal parts
of
fantasy.
In
much
o f
his work,
he
celebrated
the tension between two seemingly irreconcilable impul
ses, creating
ne w
harmonies that were capable ofbal-
ancing opposites: real and fantastic, childlike and
sophisticated, emotional an d intellectual.
The landscape is vaguely familiar yet unidentifiable.
Klee said, Art does
not render
the visible; it makes visi
ble. By that h e m e an t tha t art has th e power to transport
viewers from
the
constraints
o f
the external world as we
see it everyday to
new understandings
that can be genera
ted only by an internal vision i n t he m in d s eye. In this
cold city, buildings do
no t
obey
the
laws of physics. They
are no t fixed in space. They seem to levitate, gracefully an d
weightlessly hovering in the air. Their silhouettes never
coalesce into solid structures.
The picture is small in scale, approximately the dimen
sions of a standard sheet
o f
letter-sized paper. The work s
small size contributes to
th e
sense
of
intimacy we experi
ence
when
looking at
the
painting. But at
t he s am e
time,
the picture presents to
us
a bigger vision: a dreamy world
of
universal proportions. The painting is small
in
scale bu t
large in vision.
In
this work, Klee explores
one
of his theories about
the interaction o f color. The picture is designed to
analyze what he called diametrical movement. The word
diametrical
refers to
th e
placement
of
colors
on
a circle, a
device used by artists an d
students
to understand
47
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 57/191
Color
wheel Each hue
is
opposite its omplement
relationships among hues. In theory, all hues
can
be
obtained by mixing various combinations
of
three
prima-
ry colors: red, blue, and yellow. If you mix together blue
and yellow,
the
result will be green; blending
red
and
blue will yield purple; yellow and
red
combine to make
orange. These
hues
progress
in
a specific sequence
around
the
circle, called a color wheel. Pairs of colors
that
are positioned opposite (diametrical) to each
other
on
the
wheel can be
combined
to
make
a neutral gray. Such
pairs are called complementary colors. Klee s carefully
kept records reveal that
here
he is exploring the interac-
tion of
the
complementary colors yellow
and
violet.
He
blended them by ever so gradually painting
thin
washes
of
watercolor
on
top of
one
another, a glazing technique
that
creates a luminous effect. In this case, the blending
results in subtle shades of yellows and umbers that
seem
to glow. yechoing
the
forms layering
them Klee
develops
movement
from light to dark:
diametrical movement.
Klee developed his color theories as a teacher at the
Bauhaus, a pioneering
art
school in
Germany that
advo-
cated a complete synthesis of art, theory, and design. All
students
were required to take composition courses
(some
taught
by Klee in which they experimented with
a variety
of
theories, including,
no
doubt, Klee s notions
about diametrical movement. Elective workshops at
the
school were
taught
by teams including
both
a theor is t or
an artist and a
craftsman
practitioner.
mong
other offer-
ings, courses included cabinetmaking, metalworking,
sculpture, pottery, stage design, bookbinding, and paint-
ing
on glass the last two of which were
taught
by Klee.
Klee was endlessly inventive, constantly exploring
new techniques and theory in his art. Using a highly
personal and creative language
of
color, form, and
material, Klee created an art
of
both intellectual and
emotional resonance.
P U KL Cold City
9
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 58/191
STRATEGIES FOR
DISCUSSION
Looking at This Particular Landscape
Is this a real place or a fantasy? What leads you to
your conclusions?
Who lives here? Is there any evidence of people?
Does the lack of a human presence contribute to any
specific mood? How?
Is it daytime or is this a night scene? Why?
Think about sources
of
light. Where does the light come
from? Is it naturalistic? Why or why not?
Are any lights illuminated in the buildings depicted?
Do the various buildings appear to be weighty? If not,
consider what makes them appear to float. Describe
what
Klee
has done to achieve this effect.
Is t he re a s en se
of
motion in this painting, and
if
so,
how is it achieved artistically?
PAUL KLEE, old ity
9
Color Theory: How Complementary Colors Interact
This painting is based upon a careful exploration of a pa ir
of colors: yellow and violet. In theory, the combination of
these two hues produces a neutral gray.
Very subtle gradations can be achieved by mixing the two
colors
in
a certain way Is there evidence
of
such grada-
tions in this painting? Describe the evidence that you see.
Notice the moon, shown as three overlapping or echoing)
circles. Has Klee painted three separate moons, or is this
one moon i n a st ate of gradual
flux
How does Klee s device
of
echoing the various buildings
relate to the color theory mentioned above?
The Effect
of
Scale
When you see an image projected from a slide, it is
difficult to know its true size. This painting is approxi-
mately the size
of
a standard sheet
of
typing paper.
What is the effect of its scale on your sense of this work,
and its ultimate meaning?
Is
scale itself an expressive element in art? Why?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 59/191
iet ondrian
Dutch,
18
7
2
-
1
944
Composition
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 60/191
SOME
P OIN TS T O
CONSIDER
• Mondrian distilled the propertiesof artistic struc
ture to primary elements; compositions are built
on
straight lines that intersect at ninety-degree
angles, and color is restricted to the three basic pri
mary hues (red, yellow, and blue), plus black and
white (considered noncolors by the artist).
• This logical, ordered expression is far from simple;
the composition itselfis subtle
and
complex,
and
so are Mondrian s philosophical justifications for
this style
of
art.
• Among the compositional subtleties is a sense
of
dynamic tension in which every element seems to
be at
maximum
intensity. Mondrian achieves this
effect avoiding conventional symmetry, which
would be static or lifeless, and by avoiding the
appearance
of
spatial illusionism,
in
which some
color shapes would seem to recede
in
space while
others might advance.
• For Mondrian, the search for a pure
and
elemental
art form had the potential to shape the world
and
our
place
in
it. In his clear vision of reality, Mon
drian dreamed
of
a future
in
which
humankind
might live
in
harmony with the forces of the uni
verse. Every line, every angle, every color choice
had profound symbolic meaning.
orwritings by Mondrian
see
ppendix p
57
9
21
Oil
on
canvas,
19
1 0 x 9 1 0 in.
The Jacques and atasha Gelman Collection
NOTES
ABOUT THIS WORK
This spare, rigorously ordered geometry
of
simple shapes
and
primary colors is the visual expression of Mondrian s
complex theory about life itself. This artist believed in the
possibility (albeit long-range)
of
a utopian existence in
which humans
might
live
in
a mystical
harmony
with
all the forces of
the
universe. Mondrian constructed his
compositions with painstaking exactness, thinking
through
and
justifying every millimeter of the canvas, every deci
sion about size, shape, placement, and color. The end
result is
not
simply a search for beauty
or
decorative plea
sure. Each painting stands as a record
of
Mondrian s
vision of society and his search for an ar t form so pure that
it might actually redeem humankind revealing a
universal harmony.
To achieve his ideals to paint the universal
Mon-
drian
committed
himself to a process
of
rigorous investiga
tion.
He
analyzed
what
he
believed to be art s primary
elements, distilling
the
artistic structure to its essence,
always searching for simple, logical,
and ordered expres
sion. He created a new formal vocabulary and adhered to
it strictly; compositions are comprised
of
verticals
and
horizontals intersecting only at right angles, and color is
radically limited.
Mondrian established the principle of plastic equiva
lence, involving
not
just art
bu t
all
human
activity.
He
said the task of art is to express a clear vision of reality
Particularities of form obscure
pure
reality. The first
order
of business was to banish from his art conventional
representation. Each work should be self-sufficient: not a
copy
or an
illusion of a motif drawn from nature.
He
called his art abstract-real, a term that reinforces the
notion of a work of art as
an
entity
that
is in itselfa real
thing,
not
simply derived from
nature
(and
one
step
removed). The work of art
should
have its own reality.
51
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 61/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 62/191
STRATEGIES FOR DISCUSSION
Identifying the Basic Structural Elements
in
Mondrian s Art
Mondrian s approach required distilling art s structure
into its primary elements: specific types oflines
and shapes, and specific types of colors. Looking at
omposition of
1921
define what you feel are the
primary elements.
Are there any diagonal lines in this work?
Are there any curved lines or shapes
in
this work?
s you consider your answers to the above two questions,
think about whether the use
of
straight lines and ninety
degree angles is a mere coincidence or purposely planned.
Similarly, describe Mondrian s palette.
Red, yellow, and blue are called the three primary col-
ors, because from those three hues
an
artist can,
in
prin
ciple, create all other hues. What do you imagine might be
the significance of Mondrian s insistence on paring down
his color choices to this essential trio?
Mondrian used the three primaries plus black and white,
which he called noncolors. In your opinion, how could
he justify the use
of
light blue in this work?
Is
a Straightforward or Simple Geometry of Shapes?
Look closely at this work to understand how it is
structured, and think about whether i t s a simple or
complicated composition. s you formulate your
interpretation, consider the following:
PIET MONDRIAN, omposition 9
Is there any bilateral symmetry?
o
the black lines cir
cumscribe every rectangular shape completely, and do the
lines always extend to the edges of the canvas? (For exam
ple, look at how the large red square extends beyond the
upper perimeter
of
the black line at the top of the compo
sition, and look at whether or not the black line at the
right side of the lower yellow patch extends all the way to
the edge.) Describe other examples where Mondrian s
geometry veers from what might be straightforward
or expected.
Is there any illusionism
in
the picture? Does any shape
appear to recede or advance, or do they all appear to stabi
lize
in
the same plane? o you think this is intentional?
Propose some reasons for Mondrian s avoidance of
spatial illusionism.
Symbolic Meaning
Mondrian believed in the symbolic meaning of form.
He
used strict geometries (ninety-degree angles, for example)
because he assigned symbolic meaning to properties of
form, such as verticals and horizontals. For instance, he
associated with such form basic polarities, including male
and female, or spirit and matter. For Mondrian, funda
mentals in the form of art expressed a vision of harmony
with larger forces in the universe. o you feel that this
art or
ny
art could possibly have such power or
express such profound beliefs? Make your case for
answering yes or no.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 63/191
onstantin rancusi
French,
1876-1957
ird
in pace
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 64/191
SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER
• Brancusi has portrayed the idea
of
flight by elimi
nating all references to anatomical detail
and
con
densing the work into a starkly reduced form.
• Brancusi wanted to convey a universal, elemental
truth;
he believed that such
an
essence lay beyond
the outward, physical appearance of an object.
• This work is the epitome of simplification of form
and purity
of
design: an elegant and subtle vertical
shape comprising the
most
graceful arcs
and
curves. The play of light and shadow on the
smoothly polished marble surface enriches the
effect
of
purity and elegance.
19
2
3
Marble, (with base) 56
in. h ; 6
ii
in. (diameter)
Bequest of Florene
M.
Schoenborn,
1995
199
6
-4°3·7
a
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
Without reference to wings or feathers or any other spe
cific anatomical element rancusi has created a soaring
impression
of a bird
in
flight. The
means
are abstract;
every trace of naturalistic detail is eliminated in this
elemental form of curved, polished marble. The basis is
rooted in the real world bu t
the
bird is presented as
an
idea
rather
than
a physical description. Brancusi said,
All
my
life I have
sought the
essence of flight. Flight
What
bliss
In
creating this starkly reduced work, Brancusi has
detached himself from myriad details relative to physical
appearances.
He
transcends details to reach the underlying
concept: an expression of truth,
something
universal
or
constant. For Brancusi, this goal could be achieved only
through
condensing and clarifying
an
idea and its formal
expression until i t reaches its
most
elemental shape.
He
said, There are imbeciles who call
my
work abstract;
that
which they call abstract is the
most
realist, because what is
real is
not
the exterior form
but the
idea,
the
essence of
things. Starting from this
truth
i t is impossible for anyone
to express anything essentially real by imitating its
exterior surface.
The form itselfis powerfully expressive.
ird
pace
assumes
a seemingly simple shape. The slender vertical
form itselfis actually far from simple. The
more
you exam
ine it,
the more
subtle and sophisticated its
harmonious
arcs
and
curves appear. Without a single straight edge,
without
using
any conventional geometrical shapes, with
its elegant lack of symmetry, this sculpture is anything bu t
geometric. The work appears to soar
upward
gracefully.
At
the
top a slanted oval plane (representing
the
idea of a
bird's
head and
beak,
compressed
into
one
expressive
form) establishes
the
directional thrust. The bird
seems
to
cut
effortlessly
through
space in its graceful trajectory
of
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 65/191
flight. The body, while
maintaining
its vertical stance,
subtly arcs in
one
direction.
The
volume swells
and
con
tracts; note
the
graceful
roundness
of
the
bird s belly,
the pinching
at
the
ankles,
and
the flaring
out
at
the
footing. This refined, organic shape is a sophisticated
condensation
of Brancusi s conceptual
impressions
of
flight itself.
The
sculpture is carved of marble, its continuous sur
face pol ished to a
translucent
luster. A master
of
carving
techniques, Brancusi was
known
for his sensitive respect
for
the
materials
he
worked with: wood, stone, and
metal.
He
grew
up in
Romania, and,
in
fact, apprenticed
to a cooper and a cabinetmaker before moving to Paris
to become an artist. Perhaps this early immersion in
artisanal traditions instilled
i n h im
a
fundamental
under
standing of a material s
inherent
properties. He believed
that an
artist must respect and reveal the particular quali
ties of a given piece of wood
or
stone.
In
this case, Bran
cusi has
transformed
a piece
of
stone, its
rough
surface
now
rendered
eminently smooth. The play
of
light is
an
integral
part
of
the work. Evocative shadows and high
lights are created through the interaction of volume and
surface texture.
Certain themes,
such
as the bird
in
flight, preoccu
pied Brancusi for years.
He
created seven different
versions of the bird in marble, n ine in polished brass,
and numerous plaster renditions, over a period of several
decades. Art historians speculate about what specific
incidents or influences prompted the artist to begin his
long-term exploration of this theme. Perhaps he was
inspired
by a Romanian folk legend about a miraculous
bird; perhaps
he
was
spurred on
by a vision of birds
nesting
outside his sick
room
window as
he
recovered
from
an
illness.
On
the other hand, perhaps
he
encoun
tered some other new art that considered
motion
or
f light as a point of departure,
and
then developed his
own approach. Whatever
the
origin of
the
idea probably
a complex combination
of many
factors this
concept
sustained him in a long, fruitful artistic search for form
and meaning.
When Brancusi created his Birds in Space, their
extreme simplification of form
and
purity of design were
radical and unsettling. A bronze version in
the
series was
the
subject of a lawsuit filed
in
1926. The sculpture
was shipped to New York for
an
exhibition, bu t customs
agents refused to believe
that
i t was a work
of
art,
and
they tried to
impose
a levy on the piece as an industrial
implement. Ultimately the court ruled
in
favor of
Brancusi: Although it
has neither head nor
feet
nor
feathers portrayed in the piece, it is beautiful and
symmetrical in outline and while
some
difficulty might
be encountered
in
associating it with
the
bird, i t is
nevertheless pleasing to look at
and
highly ornamental.
CONSTANTIN BRANCUSI Bird Space 923
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 66/191
STRATEGIES FOR
DISCUSSION
Considering Subject Matter:
Form as dea Rather than escription
This work is entitled
Bird in
Space Is this a naturalistic
depiction of a bird?
What key elements are missing or altered?
Even though it has neither wings nor feathers this object
evokes the sense of a bird in space. In what way?
Does this sculpture portray a specific type of bird or is it
a generalized form that conveys the feeling
of
a bird?
What is the difference between these two approaches?
Looking Closely at Form
Describe the form itself being as fully descriptive
as possible.
Is it geometrical? Is it symmetrical?
How exactly does
the form deviate from rigid geometries?
Do you think that the subtleties of form contribute
to
the overall meaning or feeling of the work? In what
way?
CONST NTIN BRANCUSJ Bird
in
Space 1923
Thinking about Materials
C an you tell what material this work is made from?
How do you think the artist made it?
Is the surface smooth or rough?
Does the surface quality affect the way light falls on
the work: the play
oflight
and shadow? In what way?
What is the effect of surface texture on this
work s meaning?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 67/191
oan ira
Spanish, 1893-1983
nim ted ndsc pe
9
2
7
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 68/191
SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER
• Mira depicts a fantastic world
of
the
imagination
intuitive, irrational,
an d
existing beyond the realm
of
the everyday,
in
a surreal universe.
• The paint ing presents a number of spatial paradox
es. The more closely you examine the image, the
more difficult it becomes to assign one rational or
exclusive reading of the space that Mira depicts. Is
it indoors or outdoors? A view from inside through
a window? A picture within a picture?
Or
all of the
above-and
more?
• Mira said, Form is never something abstract; it is
always a sign
of
something. Lyrical, organic, an d
at times schematic, the individual motifs comprise
the artist s private language
of
shifting signs.
orexcerpts from the Manifesto Surrealism
see
ppendix
p
52
Oil
on
canvas, x 76
J
in.
The Jacques an d atasha Gelman Collection
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
Mira said, What really counts is to strip the soul naked.
This artist developed his own eccentric
an d
enigmatic
language of symbolic form in order to strip away
the
constraints of the rational world of logic
an d
order so
that
his art would embody instead a surreal universe o f his
own creation.
Mira
has
created a vivid landscape
o f
heightened, satu
rated color. The composition is divided horizontally into
two planes. At first, i t
looks-structurally
at
least-like
a
conventional landscape, with blue sky above
an d
brown
ground
below. But the
more
we look,
the more ambiguous
th e
spatial
setup
appears to be,
an d
ultimately we can
propose several mutually exclusive-yet coexistent
scenarios to justify
th e
spatial relationships. Does
th e
brown part o f
th e
canvas represent an interior space,
an d
is the b lue sky a view of
the
outdoors
seen through
a window?
Or
is the whole scene set outdoors, with
th e
brown representing earth?
Now consider
the
large, bright yellow zone in
th e
lower
area of
the
composition. Within this yellow area,
there s
a
deep blue skewed rectangle, an d within
the
blue section is
a crescent-shaped moon, its radiance set of f brilliantly
against
the
blue ground. What are we seeing here,
and
where does it rest, spatially? Is
th e
dark blue par t a patch
of
night
sky, and,
if
so, why is it positioned down
on th e
brown earth? Maybe this detail depicts
another
view from
a window.
Or
maybe
the
image represents a reflection of
t he m oo n
outside, as
s ee n i n
a pool of water. On
the other
hand, might this image be a reflection seen through a
mirror? All of these possibilities coexist quite happily in
Mira s fantastic world of
th e
imagination, where
spatial geometries are
not bound by simple or r igid laws
of
order.
9
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 69/191
To stretch the limits
oflogic
or expectation, the basic
horizon line takes
an
upward
t urn on
the painting s left
side. This
bend
extends the brown zone to the very top
edge
of
the canvas, a complication that allows us to
dream of
the possibilities for spatial orientation that have
already
been
noted,
and
more. What if Miro has depicted
an
interior scene, perhaps a windowless wall
upon
which
a painting hangs? This composition might be Miro s ren-
dering
of
a picture within a picture.
There are evocative markings within the brown area
near the painting s upper left, difficult if
not
impossible
to assign specific
meaning
to. Some scholars have noted
that these markings resemble the kinds of cracks or
irregularities often seen
on
an old plaster wall, and that
Miro talked about studying such features s a way to free
his mind from predetermined design strategies when he
started a composition. Miro wanted to tap into the uncon-
scious mind, to explore
an
intuitive, irrational, and,
in
his
view, transcendent plane
of
existence. This approach
appealed very
much
to the Surrealists,
an
already estab-
lished group
of
poets and artists
under
the leadership
of
Andre Breton.
y
1925,
the Surrealists had asked Miro
to
join them,
and
Breton later noted that the painter could
perhaps pass for the
most
surrealist of us all. Breton
and
his group sought out irrational (almost hallucinatory)
thought
processes, calling their methods
to
free the
mind
from preconceived notions automatism. For the
Surrealists, Miro s unfettered, dreamlike creations and
60
the way he described their coming into
being held
enormous
appeal.
What about the scene Miro depicts in the upper
zone
of
the canvas? Who or what populates this artist s
magical world
of
fluid, multiple possibilities? Miro said,
For me, form is never something abstract; i t is always a
sign of something. is always a nun, a bird, something
else. For me, painting is never form for form s sake.
Miro s motifs comprise a private language
of
shifting
signs. While we can decode some
of
the symbols, we
should enjoy developing
our
own inferences for other
evocative signs that we may never fully decipher. In this
work, a bird is shown schematically as an arrow intersect-
ed
by an
arc that represents wings. To its left,
an
abstract-
ed water lily (huge in scale) floats in the sky. To the bird s
right, a dynamic kite flies upward through the sky. An
enormous creature
of
the imagination has entered the
scene
on
the ground to the extreme right. We can t iden-
tify this bright red being with its
monumental
blue eye.
The wavy lines at its neck area suggest a mane. Maybe
it s a
dragon inspired by
having seen a horse or some
other farm animal in the countryside.
Miro invented a personal artistic vocabulary
of
organic forms; oscillating, indeterminate space;
and
brilliant, saturated color.
In
a lyrical, freewheeling,
and
uninhibited manner, he combined his
unique
sensibili-
t ies toward form, color, and space to embody an entire
world of the imagination.
JOAN MIR6 Animated Landscape 927
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 70/191
STRATEGIES FOR DIS USSION
Spatial Orientation in a World of the Imagination
Is this a landscape? Why or why not?
Is there a horizon line
in
this picture? Where?
Can you identify one coherent spatial framework to justify
the various elements shown in this composition?
Carefully consider whether it is an indoor scene or an out
door scene, and then describe the setting as you see it
Is part
of
the picture indoors? Which part?
Has Miro shown us a view from a window? Which part
of
the composition suggests such a reading? Is there more
than one window?
Could the image stand as a view of a windowless wall
upon which a landscape painting hangs?
How can you decide which analysis is the correct one?
Now consider the yellow and blue part (with the crescent
moon) at the composition s bottom. Rationalize this
image. Propose more than one possible explanation
for what it stands for and what its spatial orientation
might be.
Spatially, Miro has created an ambiguous world
of
the
imagination. Is it appropriate to define this world as
surreal ? What constitutes Surrealism, and why might
we use this word in describing this scene?
JOAN MIRO nim ted
Landscape 927
Shapes and Colors
Describe Miro s use of color.
Is the color naturalistic? Why or why not? Is such a ques
tion meaningful in the context
of
this work?
Is each color saturated or veiled? Pale or vivid? Find the
vocabulary to describe the treatment of each
hue
and its
effect.
Do
you believe that color choice and treatment
conveys meaning? Be explicit.
Are the various shapes angular or curvilinear? Organic
or geometrical? Find your own words to describe the
characteristics of the shapes and forms here.
A Unique Vocabulary of Signs and Motifs
Can you identify the various individual elements
in
the
landscape? For example, there is a crescent moon at the
bottom. What does the schematic, arrow-like form in
the
sky represent? How about the items to its left
and
right?
Is the creature with the red body reminiscent of
anything you can think of?
Should we attempt to define each element? Do you think
we can be successful in decoding each separate motif?
Can
we
reach a valid and meaningful interpretation
of
this picture without becoming completely explicit in
the meaning of every single part? Justify your rationale,
and present your own interpretation.
6
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 71/191
Charles Demuth
American, 1883-1935
The igure
in Gold
9
8
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 72/191
SOME POINTS
TO
CONSIDER
• This work transcends categorization. It is both
a poem in paint and a nonfigurative portrait.
• Two art forms have cross-fertilized. Artistic devices
such as repetition of elements and radiating, over
lapping planes convey speed, urgency, and motion:
all expressed through words in the poem.
• Visual cues
and
names incorporated in the paint
ing allude to the poet s character, style, personality,
and background. Demuth s choice
of
this particular
poem, too, represents his interpretation
of
the poet
as a man.
Oil
on
cardboard,
35
liz
x 30 in.
Alfred Stieglitz Collection, 1949
49.59.
1
NOTES ABOUT THIS WORK
This dynamic study
of
the
number
5
in
motion is both a
portrait of a specific person and a visual representation of
a poem. The subject is the poet William Carlos Williams
and his one-sentence poem, The Great Figure :
mong the rain
and lights
saw the
figure
in
gold
on
a
red
firetruck
moving
tense
unheeded
to gong
clangs
siren howls
and wheels rumbling
through the dark
city
In
this pictorialization of the poem, three golden figure
5s
are positioned centrally. The
number
5 refers to
the
firetruck, as does the color red. By painting each 5
in
incre
mentally larger (or smaller) sizes
than
the next one,
Demuth
conveys a sense
of
motion
and
speed. It is as if
we were seeing all at once the
numbers
moving
through a sequence of elapsed time. The firetruck seems
to approach
us
abruptly, rushing forward with urgency.
Demuth
reinforces the dynamism by the raylike, overlap
ping planes that activate the painting s background. Build
ing facades, barely visible
in
the background, provide clues
of
an
urban
setting. The blue-gray background suggests
nighttime, as do the four yellow-white circles that stand for
headlights
and or
streetlights. Both form
and
color are
organized to express force
and
motion,
and
also to suggest
aural equivalents. Just as the
poem
identifies
sounds-
gongs
and
sirens, howling
and clanging the
painting
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 73/191
gives
an
impression of a wailing, raucous event. The
painting is
no t
a simple illustration of a poem.
Here, visual form and literary meaning have coalesced
in
a symbiosis
of
two art forms.
The paint ing is a t ribute to the poem s author
and
an
interpretation
of
his personality.
Demuth
identifies
William Carlos Williams in
numerous
ways in this work.
The
poet s initials, W.C.W., are positioned at the bottom
of the composition, just below the largest The
name
Bill appears at the
upper
left, the top of the letters slightly
cropped by the painting s edge. The
name
Carlos is
shown
in the upper
third
of
the composition, just above
the firetruck s right headlight. Why does Demuth
use
so
many different
naming
devices? Perhaps he s suggesting
Williams s
many
roles. Williams,
an
accomplished poet,
also practiced medicine. The words
art
co
probably refer
to his vital
and
active role as friend
and
adviser to so
many
members of
the art world. Williams s background
was as diverse as the many roles
he
played: the
names
Bill and
Carlos show the heritage of an English father and
a Puerto Rican mother.
Ultimately, the power
of
this work goes beyond spe
cific clues to be decoded; the painting evokes a sense of
the subject s character.
Demuth
focused
on
this poem
about a firetruck to express his concept of Williams the
man, a boisterous extrovert. Dynamism, the sense of
motion, the effect of hot red color tones, the forcefulness
associated with a careening
firetruck all
are properties
attributed both
to
the speeding firetruck and to the poet
Williams. Consider another connection: a firetruck
springs into action
in
an emergency, just as Williams the
physician saved lives.
When the work was first exhibited, one critic at the
time complained that portraits such as this one remain
locked in a code for which we have not the key. But art
gives us room
to
formulate our own interpretations.
Demuth s good friend William Carlos Williams gave
appropriate advice that the artist embraced: Leave a large
part of the thing to the imagination of the spectator; this
to arouse, also to give
him
work to do. For that is the
destiny
of
the
thing
to be produced: to have the beholder
take part in it
thus completely.
Thus and
only to
complete it.
The Figure 5
in
Gold transcends categorization. More
than
a poem in paint, more
than
a nonfigurative portrait,
this work establishes an entirely new, more complex
expression born from the cross-fertilization of different
art forms.
CHARLES DEMUTH
The
Figure 5 in
Gold
9 8
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 74/191
STRATEGIES FOR
DISCUSSION
A FewVisual Impressions, Without Prior Knowledge
of
the Sources for This Painting
Do you have any overall impressions
of
this picture? What
mood is conveyed?
If
you feel a sense of speed, motion,
and
urgency,
describe the specific visual cues that communicate
these feelings. For instance, the three separate
number s
could be one 5moving toward us (or away from us)
in
space: becoming larger (or smaller) as it moves. Motion is
shown through repetition of elements that are altered in
scale.
What are some other techniques used to show the force
of
dynamic motion?
Do the colors communicate a mood to you?
Be
specific.
The Painting s Relationship to the Poem
Read the one-sentence poem that inspired this painting.
Describe how the painter Charles Demuth has depicted
the various individual images that the poet notes in this
poem. Find the visual symbols for lights, rain, the city,
and
the firetruck.
The poem contains references to sounds: gongs clang and
sirens howl.
In
what ways does the painting suggest the
same kinds
of
sounds visually?
Take some time to think about and then discuss the
differences
and
the similarities between the poem
and
the painting.
CHARLES
DEMUTH The
igure
5 in Gold 1928
The Painting as a Symbolic Visual Portrait
of
the Poet
In addition to representing the poem, this painting also
portrays its author, William Carlos Williams, a good
friend
of
the artist.
Find references to Williams s name(s). Describe three dif
ferent ways
he
is
named
in the painting.
Why do you think Demuth would use three different
names to define his friend?
What are some other clues as to his identity or personali
ty Do
you think that color could be used to communicate
something about a person s style or personality? What
does the color red convey? How about speed, motion, and
forcefulness all
of which we have noticed in this paint
ing? Could these traits describe a personality as well as
a scene?
One critic at the time complained about portraits like
this one, saying they were based
on
a code for which we
have
not
the key. Was this critic right or wrong
in
your
opinion and why?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 75/191
eorgia O IZeeffe
American 1887-1986
Red
hite and
lue
193I
Oil
on
canvas 39
7 8
x
35
7 8
in.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 76/191
SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER
• O Keeffe has extracted from the landscape one
symbolic element that evokes complex feelings
about nature.
• The artist ha s pa int ed a cow s skull in ways
designed to grab the viewer s attention and trans
port its m eaning from the realm of plain descrip
tion into a symbolic arena of metaphor. The skull
is oversized in close-up and sharp focus posi
tioned centrally and in complete symmetry.
• The background also carries meaning. Color is
symbolic emblematic of the American flag. There
may be religious symbols too: the vertical black
band becomes part of a cross motif if you consider
it in relationship to the horizontal cow horns.
Alfred Stieglitz Collection 1952
5
2
.
2
°3
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
A sun-bleached cow s
skull a
typical bit
of
detritus found
in
the desert of the American
Southwest looms
out
against a mysterious red white and blue background.
O Keeffe has presented the skull as an austere iconic
image. Exaggerated
in
scale it fills a great part of the can
vas. Positioned symmetrically its stark form commands
our attention; both the subject and t he f or m it a ss um es
within this frontal design carry evocative meaning.
O Keeffe s vision is a close-up view. Single-mindedly
she zeroes in on this cow s skull eliminating any distract
ing detail. The skull is meticulously rendered: every con
tour every jagged edge is depicted
in
sharp focus. Stripped
from a broader desert context the skull appears as an iso
lated rigorously scrutinized detail that
then
takes
on
a
greater meaning. Not only is this object oversized it floats
buoyantly. The effect is surreal: dreamy unworldly. What
might seem
ordinary if
examined
in
its documentary
context now
becomes extraordinary: nature imbued with
a special significance. O Keeffe s close-up viewpoint and
sharply focused images remind us
of
effects associated
with photography. She was married to a famous photogra
pher Alfred Stieglitz so the interconnections between the
two art forms would have been natural.
O Keeffe s focus on this
monumental
floating skull
reflects her profound interest in the landscape of the
Southwest. By the time she painted this work O Keeffe
was spending summers in the desert of New Mexico; she
would later settle there permanently. The isolation of the
desert landscape as well as its austere grandeur appealed
to her. In her forays she would collect bones and bring
them home to her studio. As O Keeffe described it I have
wanted to paint the desert and haven t known how
So
I brought home the bleached bones as my symbols of the
desert.
To me they are strangely more living than the
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 77/191
animals
walking around-hair eyes an d all with their
tails switching. The bones seem to cut sharply to th e cen-
te r of something that
is keenly alive
on
the desert tho
sic i t is vas t an d empty an d untouchable-and knows no
kindness
with all its beauty. Just as the bones are evi-
dence of an
animal s
death, they
stand
equally as evi-
dence
that the animal
once lived. They also
remind us
of
th e
life cycle:
th e
inevitability
of
all living
things
ultimate
death an d
th e
continuation
of
life
through
the birth
o f
ensuing
generations. O Keeffe was also attentive to
the
Christian crosses
sh e
saw
in the
New Mexico desert
an d
t he m an y
churches
there
as well.
In
fact,
she
painted
series of works focusing
o n b ot h
themes. The vertical
black stripe
i n t he
painting s background
s ee n i n
rela-
tionship
to
th e
horizontal spread of the cow s
horns
looks
very much l ike a cross. Perhaps O Keeffe was subtly sug-
gesting
some
religious symbolism.
To drive home
t he p oi nt t ha t
she was creating
an
expression profoundly linked to
he r
experience
of
the
American landscape, O Keeffe suspended the skull
in
front of a red, white, an d blue background: emblematic
o f
the American flag. O Keeffe was commenting on the
drive to create a specifically American expression that
seemed
to
s pu r o n
colleagues
in
allied fields: As I was
working I thought
o f
the
city men I h ad b ee n seeing in
the East. They talked so often
of
writing the Great Ameri-
can
Novel-the
Great American Play-the Great Ameri-
can Poetry. I am not sure that they aspired to the Great
American Painting
So
as I painted
on my
cow s skull
on
blue I
thought
to myself, I ll make it
an
American
Painting. They will
not think
i t great with the
red
stripes
down the
sides-Red
White,
an d
Blue-but
they will
notice it. The symmetrical red, white,
an d
blue vertical
bands
(or stripes) reveal subtle textures. This unspecified
backdrop evokes a number of impressions-including
draped cloth-but it
might
also
bring
to mind a furrowed
desert landscape.
O Keeffe uses the landscape symbolically. By extract-
ing
this single skull from its natural surroundings she
forces
us
to focus
on
it
a nd o n he r
particular attitude
about
nature
itself.
GEORGIA O KEEFFE Red
hite and Blue
93
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 78/191
STRATEGIES FOR
IS USSION
The Subject: Exploring Symbolic Meaning
Describe what O Keeffe has selected as
her
subject.
Where would you find bones that look like this?
Under what circumstances would you find a bone in
the landscape?
T he b on es m ig ht b e a symbol for t he de se rt i n w hi ch they
were found. Why do you think the desert landscape could
carry special meaning for
an
artist? Describe traits you
might associate with the New Mexico desert
and
consider
how the cow s skull symbolically represents those traits.
e
specific
in
making your connections.
We associate skeletal remains with death. O Keeffe associ
ated
them
with life as well. What would the connection
be? What do we mean
by
the term life cycle and how does
this
term
relate to this painting?
How the Work Is C omposed
and
Painted
Where is the skull placed within the overall design of
this composition?
Is
the composition symmetrical? What is the effect
of
this
artistic device? Does it change your impression of th e
object that is depicted? How?
Is i t i n s ha rp focus o r does it a pp ea r fuzzy
impressionistic?
Is the skull large or small? Bigger than life-sized?
GEORGIA O KEEFFE Red hite
and Blue
93
What gives you that impression?
Has O Keeffe provided any natural or realistic context
for this skull?
How does O Keeffe manipulate the scale of the image?
o
effects
of
scale contribute to your sense of the skull s
importance as a symbol?
The Background: Color Symbolism
and
Religious Symbolism
What do we normally associate with the colors red
white
and
blue? o you think there is any connection
here? If so be specific.
o you think that this background might suggest more
than one thing? Describe some possible images or
impressions that are evoked by this background.
Is there any possible religious symbolism?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 79/191
rant ood
American, 1892 1942
The
Ride
Paul Revere
193
1
Oil
on
Masonite,
30
x
4
in.
Arthur Hoppock Hearn Fund, 1950
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 80/191
SOME POINTS TO
CONSIDER
• Grant Wood chose to paint a great moment in
American history. His impulse to paint this work
was sparked by a poet s interpretation of the event.
• The scene is idealized rather than real.
All of
the
forms are toylike. The light is unreal. Everything
appears in equal focus, regardless
of
distance.
• The composition is rendered with precision. Each
contour is clearly delineated, which contributes to
the sense
of
idealism.
For writings by
Wood, see
Appendix
P 54
Longfellow s
poem is reprinted in
the
Appendix P 63
5°·117
NOTES
ABOUT THIS WORK
In
selecting this
theme
for a composition, the artist Grant
Wood set out to celebrate patriotism. But this sweet,
sentimentalized version of a heroic American story turns
history into a nostalgic myth.
This work has a specific narrative story to tell. The
painting (made in
1931
recalls an event that took place
more
than
150 years earlier
on
the eve of the American
Revolution. The subject is Paul Revere s famous ride of
April
18, 1775
from Boston to Lexington, to warn the
colonists
of
the approach
of
the British and to call the
Minutemen to arms. Wood wasn t inspired by historical
accounts
or
textbook summaries of the event, but by one
of the most popular poems ever written: Longfellow s
Paul Revere s Ride, printed in 1863. Wood s attitude
about the
story a
sentimental , fairy-tale
vision is
filtered through someone else s equally sugar-coated
interpretation
of
an
actual historic event. We can get a
sense
of
Longfellow s spirit of celebration and pride by
looking at just one stanza drawn from his long poem:
A hurry hoofs in a village street,
A shape in the moonlight a bulk in
the
dark,
And beneath from
the
pebbles, in passing, a
spark
Struck out
by
a steed flying ftarless and fleet:
That was
all
And
yet,
through the gloom and
the
light,
The fate
a nation was riding that night
And
the spark
struck out
by
that steed, in his flight
Kindled
the land into flame with its
heat.
Wood has used specific techniques to establish an over
all feeling
of
sentimentality. This artist has no interest
in
rendering a naturalistic view. The town square looks like a
game
board. Nothing seems real. Paul Revere s horse
resembles a child s rocking horse. In fact, Wood did bor
row a neighbor s rocking horse to use as a model for the
image in this painting. Where is Longfellow s more power-
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 81/191
ful steed, his bulk in the dark that moved with a hurry
of
hoofs ? Th e boxlike houses don t appear to have any
real weight,
an d
neither do the lollypop trees. The sense
of light is contrived; light falls like a fluorescent ribbon
marking Revere s path.
From
ou r
bird s-eye view, the landscape stretches out
neatly
in
a pleasing, rhythmic pattern. The composition
clearly delineates each element near or far, an d brings
it into sharp focus. There are no fuzzy borders
in
this
pristine
an d
crisp picture.
Th e
dark bluffs
in
the background
don t
belong in a
New England landscape an d look instead like grain silos,
a characteristic feature
of
a midwestern landscape. That s
no accident. Grant Wood lived
in
Iowa all his life, an d
in his writings an d lectures he advised all painters to
remain
in
their native towns or regions rather than flock
to large
urban
centers. He was staunchly against
European influences, particularly trends
in
modern art.
His
9 5
essay, Revolt Against the City, outlines
his principles on art: Painting has declared its
independence from Europe, an d is retreating from the
cities to the more American village and country life.
Wood advocated an American way
of
looking at things
an d a utilization of the materials of our own American
scene. He and other artists
of
simular disposition called
this stance Regionalism. The Regionalists wanted to
create an
American expression that would be above
all true
to
the country s heartland.
In this painting, Grant Wood creates a fantasy, a form
of
propaganda idealizing a time long past
an d
a place
(New England) that
he
didn t know particularly
wel l -
even as he advocated subject matter an d style that was
supposed to derive from the rural experiences of the
American Midwest. Historically, Wood s own time was
one of crisis: the Great Depression an d its aftermath,
economic troubles, an d the natural disasters associated
with midwestern farming. With
The Ride
aul Revere
he chose not to depict the harsh circumstances of his
own time bu t an idealized episode in America s Revolu
tionary history.
GR NT
WOOD
The Ride
Paul
Revere 93
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 82/191
STRATEGIES FOR DIS USSION
Narration: How DoWe Know a Story Is Being Told?
Does this look like a real landscape? Why not?
Is this a
modern
landscape? Or a historical one?
Is it a quiet landscape or is some event taking place here?
Describe specific aspects of the painting that guide you
in formulating your answers.
Are figures present in the landscape, and if so, what are
they doing?
The painting describes a specific event in the history of
Revolutionary America: the ride of Paul Revere. The artist
was inspired by a poem written about the event. Where is
Paul Revere in this composition?
How has the artist shown
us
where Revere comes from
and where
he
is going?
How Is Lighting Shown?
What time of day is it?
Where is the light coming from? Is this natural?
Notice how clear the road is even in areas of the compo
sition where everything else is obscured, the roadway is
visible. What does that tell us about the road s importance
to the story that is being told?
GR T WOO
The
Ride Paul Revere 93
Viewpoint: Perspective
What is
our
vantage point?
We are looking down
on
the landscape from very high
up.What is the effect of this bird s-eye view? Are we
involved in the scenario? Are we
on
the same level as
the action? Are we distanced from
it?
Explore the question of focus: are some areas of the
composition in crisp focus and other parts hazy? Or not?
Does this look naturalistic or the opposite?
Considering Historical or Theoretical Context
Grant Wood lived during the Great Depression.
Do you think that this economic and social situation
had any bearing
on
his choice
of
subject matter?
Describe your reasoning.
Wood believed that it was important to create an
authentic art that would express the viewpoint of the
nation s Midwest.
He
called this idea Regionalism.
Is this picture true to his goal? Why or why not?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 83/191
Stuart avis
eport ro o kport
194
0
Oil
on
canvas, 24 x
3
in
Edith an d Milton Lowenthal Collection,
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 84/191
SOME POINTS TO ONSI ER
• Stuart Davis wanted to infuse his ar t with the
spirit and symbols of the modern world. In his
terms, everything qualifies as an
appropriate
subject for art, including everyday
objects-even
signs
an d
advertisements.
• Even with many freewheeling and abstract forms
and nonnaturalistic colors, this composition
depicts
an
actual landscape.
• Davis was very interested
in
aesthetic theory,
an d he developed concepts of how colors interact
an d
how these interactions create complicated
spatial relationships.
Bequest
of
Edith
Abrahamson
Lowenthal, 1991
199
2
.
2
4.
1
NOTES
ABOUT T S
WORK
In
eport ro ockport
th e
dynamic energy
o f modern
existence is palpable in visual terms. An explosion of
saturated, nonnaturalistic color an d freewheeling, assertive
abstract shapes expresses Davis's attitudes about modern
life in general an d
about
a specific small town in
New England.
Don t let th e
ho t
color an d
th e
exuberant
patterning
of
squiggly shapes
make
you lose sight
of th e
underlying
structure: this is a landscape. Toward
th e
composition's
center, Davis paints
th e
word garage
in
white letters on a
purple building with a large
re d
doorway. A gas
pump
(with a white pole
on
an orange base) stands in front
of
th e
garage. To th e left of
th e
garage, we see an A P super
market, shown
in
entirely abstract terms except for its
identifying
sign
in black with re d lettering. These elements
border
th e
town square in Rockport, Massachusetts. Th e
large expanse of yellow indicates th e ground. Th e sky
above glows in bubble-gum pink, with jaunty, free-form
clouds
of
white with re d an d black patterning. In the r ight
foreground, ther e s another gas
pump
this one in black
with cursive white script (spelling gas ).
Davis
wanted
to create
an ar t f or m
that would embrace
a full
range of modern
real-world subjects an d attitudes,
so t ha t t he art would be a product of everyday experi
ence. Everything is fair
game
as far as subject
matter
goes. To
some
eyes, gasoline p um p s m ig ht n ot s ee m
interesting enough to serve as a subject for a paint ing, for
instance. But for Davis painting is th e record
o f
1
impressions an d experiences, including New England
blue skies an d waters, superhighways,
th e
proportions
of
Ioo-stOry buildings, gasoline pumps taxis, billboards, ciga
rette packages, garages, neon tubes, music through radio,
motion
picture juxtapositions, skywriting, etc. Words an d
signs were also appropriated into this newly defined
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 85/191
context for fine art. Davis uses
the
words
and
letters in
this composition
both
for
their
visual, calligraphic prop
erties
and
for
their
verbal or linguistic associations.
For Davis, art
itself
was
part
of
the
rich
spectrum
of
ideas, subjects, and inspirations
that
he drew upon in
creating new painting. When he listed that panoply of
1 0 0 0 00
impressions,
he
stressed
that
it is
important
to note that ou r environment includes modern
art
as a
living element. He found inspiration in new French art,
adapting the conceptual and stylistic advances of French
Cubism
to his personal, American vision.
He
signals this
tribute on
the
right side of Report
ro
Rockport
The blue
field of color refers to water,
an
expected
element
in a
view of a New England fishing village. But Davis trans
ports
us
out of
the
ordinary or expected with the word
Seine
referring to
the
river
that runs through
Paris. This
explicit reference to the artist s debt to French culture is
embedded in
his celebration of the American vernacular.
Davis also uses his
own
past art to develop new ideas.
Report
ro
Rockport depicts a scene
he
first painted
fifteen years earlier.
Throughout
his career, Davis
returned
again
and
again to certain
themes
finding renewed insights
through
reworkings
and
reinvestigations.
Davis spent a good deal
of
time writing about his
concepts for a
new
art. Here the intricate juxtaposition
of raucous, contrasting
hues and
rhythmic, free-form
shapes reflects his concept called color-space. . . a
phrase
invented for myself in the observation and
thought that every
time
you
use
a color you create
a space relationship.
He
believed
that
certain color
contrasts corresponded to dynamic spatial relationships.
Davis integrated direct observation of
the phenome-
nological world with abstract, conceptual theories
of
art
making. He invented a unique language of visual form to
express
the
fullest range of stimuli he could define, in
the
interest of
making
an art
that
would truly speak to
his
own
t ime and
place
in
history.
STUART DAVIS
Report
from
Rockport
194
STRATEGIES
FOR DISCUSSION
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 86/191
Considering First Impressions
What is your first impression of this picture?
Does this work have a specific mood or a spirit?
Be
spe-
cific, and discuss why you reached your conclusions.
Consider shape, color, patterning, and rhythm-
and discuss the role of each in conveying a mood.
Finding the Landscape in This Picture
Is this an abstract image? A realistic one?
Could this be a combination of the two? Discuss which
elements you think are abstract and which are based more
closely upon direct observation. Consider the notion
of
abstract versus realistic with regard to color, and then
consider it with regard to form.
This scene is a town square in Rockport, Massachusetts.
Does that fact help you recognize any elements in this
landscape? Be specific.
Look in the central part of the composition, in the back-
ground,
to
find a garage and
an
P store. Identifying
these is fairly easy. Why?
Why do you think Stuart Davis made lettering and
signs so important in his painting?
Find two gasoline pumps in the picture; one is in
the foreground and one is in the background. How
STU RT D VIS Reportfrom
ockport
94
do elements like these function, compositionally, in
identifying this as a specific landscape?
Not every element is as straightforward; some are purely
abstract. Describe a few of the abstract areas and discuss
how they function in relationship to the parts of the
picture that are easily identifiable.
Beyond One Specific Landscape:
References to Other Places, Other Ideas
Find the word Seine in the picture.
Do you know where the Seine River is located?
Answer: France; more specifically, Paris)
Why do you think Davis included a reference
to Paris in this picture
of
an American town?
77
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 87/191
SOME POINTS
CONSIDER
Willern de I ooning
American, 9°4 997
om n
1944
Oil
and
charcoal
on
canvas,
46
x
32
in.
From the Collection
of
Thomas
B
Hess,
Gift
of
the heirs
of
Thomas B Hess,
1984
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 88/191
• De Kooning found a way to introduce figuration
into the context
of
groundbreaking developments
in
abstract painting. He took a traditional
subject-
a seated woman
in an
indeterminate
space
and
he made this subject express some very
modern ideas.
• Some
of
the anatomical distortions (bulging eyes,
garish lips, and exaggerated breasts) may strike
us
as both amusing and troubling. Ultimately, this
emblem
of
femininity leaves
us
with a
fundamentally unsettled feeling.
• Color choices contribute to the sense
of
discomfort.
Saturated, intense pigments create a jarring effect.
• The sense
of
agitation is echoed in the way the
medium
is applied to the canvas. Different layers
of
paint are scraped or rubbed to reveal underpin-
nings; similarly, charcoal lines show through.
This reflects an interest in letting viewers under-
stand something about the process
of
making
the painting.
9
8
4.
6
3
2
NOTES BOUT
T S
WORK
De Kooning periodically made completely abstract works,
but he
consistently
returned
to the
human
figure as a
subject. This fact distinguishes
him
from Abstract Expres-
sionist colleagues like Mark Rothko and Jackson Pollock,
with whom de Kooning is often linked because they shared
many approaches to art. In a legendary dialogue with the
artist, one
of
the most powerful critics
of
the period,
Clement Greenberg, questioned whether a truly modern
artist could justify figurative painting, given the period s
groundbreaking trends
in
abstraction. He asserted that
in
today s world It s impossible to paint a face. De Kooning
replied, That s right. And it s impossible not to.
This work is called omanNotice how the title gener-
alizes the work rather
than
makes it specific; there is no
indication
of
the subject s
name
or any other particularity
to place
her in
context. This unspecified emblem
of
wom-
anhood is both frightening and hilarious at the same time.
Her
gaudy, puckered lips pass over the threshold from
sensuous to cartoonish. Her oversized eyes bulge in a way
that borders on caricature. In a kind of (ridiculous) halo
effect,
round
shapes, which echo
the
form
of the
eyes,
themselves appear to be curlers. Is this some kind
of
joke?
Maybe we can gain insight into the complexity
of the
expression by considering the artist s own words: Art
never seems to make
me
peaceful or pure. I always seem
to be wrapped
in
the melodrama
of
vulgarity. I do
not
think
of
art
in
general as a situation
of
comfort.
So
a serious undercurrent runs through the picture, a feeling
confirmed by de Kooning s own statement.
The prominent breasts certainly qualify as one outward
expression of de Kooning s melodrama of vulgarity.
Another element signals
her
forthright sexuality: the
garish fingernails
on her
agitated hand. That
hand
seems
to be
in
motion. The ocher
paint standing
for skin
79
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 89/191
tone-extends way beyond
th e
charcoal
markings that
delineate
the
actual fingers. Those bold fingernails are
the endpoint
to an ar m
that doesn t
appear to rest com
fortably as a body
part that
really belongs to this figure.
Has
he r
shoulder been
dislocated
out
of its socket?
Something is no t quite right. The other ar m (her right
arm) is sticklike; it doesn t match the left ar m at all.
De Kooning poses this w om an i n a familiar, tradition
al way. Just peruse the European painting galleries or the
collection of colonial American portraits in any
museum
for images of people positioned similarly: in shallow
space,
their
figures filling
most
of
the composition, seat
ed
in
a way that shows their head, torso, an d often their
knees. But de Kooning s treatment
of
th e
human
figure
is far from traditional.
Just as his depiction
of
various anatomical
elements
crosses over th e line from traditional to avant-garde, de
Kooning s us e of color also pushes the boundaries
o f
expectation. Highly saturated color-intense an d artificial
rather
than naturalistic-heightens the suggestion of
aggression or agitation. Those hot red fingertips demand
ou r
attention.
T he s am e
jarring color defines shadows
around the
figure s nose. The ocher-colored skin has
an
undercurrent
of
poison green; it s as unsettling to ou r
eye as de Kooning s
us e
o f
bright red
on
th e
nose area.
Look at the markings
around the
figure s breasts:
their volume is defined h er e i n t er ms
of
bright
green shadowing.
De Kooning often worked an d reworked his composi
tions, purposely leaving clues to the creative process
embedded
in
th e
en d result. Agitated charcoal lines are
visible i n m an y areas of the composition, both as accents
applied on top of fresh paint and also as vestiges of
underpainting. This gives us information about th e artis
tic process, insights that are integral to
the
finished work.
De Kooning often scraped
and sanded the
surfaces
of
his
pictures at various points during the working process.
The rubbing or scraping away
o f
part-but no t
al l - o f
one
layer of
paint
allows
an
earlier incarnation to show
through. The result creates interesting surface textures
an d reveals evocative coexisting layers
of
paint that tell us
about th e act
of
creating.
De Kooning has managed to transform a conventional
pose into
something
new.
Through paint handling
an d
color choice,
through
small bu t
potent
distortions
of
human anatomy, this artist explores evocative questions
about the
melodrama
of vulgarity.
WILLEM
DE KOONING Woman 944
STRATEGIES FOR DIS USSION
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 90/191
lbinking about Subject Matter
The painting is called
oman
Do you think it s signifi-
cant that the artist doesn t refer to the subject by a
name
or any other distinguishing contextual feature? What is
the meaning of this lack of specificity?
Is there anything familiar about the woman s pose?
Does it remind you of traditional art in any way?
Using as
much
detail as you can, describe the ways this
image is familiar, and the ways it differs from what you
think
of
as a traditional portrait.
List the anatomical distortions that de Kooning invents.
What do you think his point is?
Choices of Color
If you were thinking of a scale ranging from naturalistic
to imaginative, where would the color selection fall in
this work?
Which areas
of
the composition are painted
in
colors
that strike you as jarring or unsettling and why?
Look at shading around the nose and then around the
breasts. Is there anything unusual about the color choices
in
those areas? Why do you think de Kooning selected
red to depict the shadows around this figure s nose?
Describe the skin tone. Is it naturalistic ? Why or why
not?
In
your view, what is the overall effect
of
de Kooning s
color scheme in this work?
WILLEM
DE
KOONING, Woman 944
Techniques: Finding Meaning in Ways the Paint
Is Manipulated
Consider the use of charcoal lines. Find areas where
such lines were applied
on
top
of
fresh paint, versus areas
where the lines appear to show through as
an
underpin-
ning and paint was applied
on
top of the charcoal. In your
opinion, what is de Kooning expressing
to
us through this
unique way
of
using charcoal line within a painting?
Are there other areas in the painting in which you can
find evidence of scraping or
sanding where
one layer of
paint is partially scraped away to reveal a previous coat
of
paint? Describe such an area.
Consider the meaning
of
how the paint is applied the
idea of showing different layers
of
work in the final
product. What meaning can
we
derive from de Kooning s
use
of this particular technique?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 91/191
SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER
rshil
orl y
American,
19°4 1948
ter
the lowery ill
1944
Oil
on
canvas,
42
lit
48
in.
George
Hearn Fund,
1956
5
6
.
2
°5.
1
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 92/191
• This painting is based
on
a specific landscape,
bu t
the representation is vacillating
an d
suggestive rather than exact.
• Gorky uses imagery based
on
his life, past
an d
present. Memory an d reflection playa large role.
• Gorky's symbols are so personal that they are
almost secretive. The symbols consist of obscure
signs hidden within a framework of abstract
forms
an d
bright, nonrepresentational color.
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
At first this riot
o f
hot,
lush
color looks purely abstract: a
free-form celebration
of
organic shapes that
don t
corre
spond to known or palpable things. In fact, ater the
low ry ill
is deeply rooted
in
the world
of
representa
tion. The painting is a landscape that depicts a specific
place
in
th e Connecticut countryside, a place
of
special
importance for the artist. Like a visual diarist communicat
ing in a secret language
of
his own invention, Gorky paints
a scene
of the
present-day world enriched with
memories
an d fantasies
of
his past.
The shapes are not immediately recognizable to us, bu t
Gorky has embedded in this composition a framework of
personal, obscure signs symbols that represent places he
knew well an d the people he cared about. The painting
illustrates Gorky's metaphorical suggestions about
things
an d people: emotional reflections rather than exact, docu
mentary renderings. Gorky was captivated by th e land
scape of
th e Housatonic River
in
Connecticut; this view
shows the remains of an abandoned sawmill t ha t h e mis
took for a grain mil l, which explains why his t itle is a pun.
Gorky said, Down by th e road, by the stream, that old
mill, it was used to grind corn, now it's covered with vines,
birds, flowers. Flour
mill flowery
mill. That's funny I
like
that
idea. Even when we have Gorky's own words to
help us pinpoint this landscape view, decoding the
imagery explicitly
remains
almost impossible.
On e
scholar
examined the
painting
against old photographs
of
the
same view
an d
found a few parallels. For instance, the
dark diagonal wedge-shape at the painting's lower left
corresponds to the roadbed
of
the bridge that led to
th e
mill.
What if
we cannot become more explicit
than
that? We
can look at the
painting
itself the color, the forms, the
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 93/191
Arshile Gorky
n
his mother photograph
taken in Armenia
1912
Estate of the artist
method of applying paint to the canvas and derive
meaning. The mood is exuberant. This sense is conveyed
partly through t he u se of color, which is unbridled. Hot
eddies of paint in various shades
of
red, orange, and
yellow flow freely. Needless to say, the color reflects emo-
tion rather
than
description, free of representational con-
straints. The application of color in thin washes, like veils,
blurs boundaries between things, dematerializing the
forms. Shapes float buoyantly, adding to an overall feeling
of energy and pleasure. For Gorky, line is free from the
function
of
merely outlining shapes. Lines take on a
dynamic life of their own; they are fluid, free,
and
calli-
graphic. The composition looks spontaneous. Actually, we
know that Gorky always made preparatory studies for his
paintings, planning
ou t
his compositions through prelimi-
nary drawings before embarking on an oil painting such
s this one.
Each inexact, biomorphic shape carries a
number
of
meanings. Forms suggest plants, animal life, insects, and
human
anatomy including internal organs). A teeming,
voluptuous world unfolds, a world
of
dissolving bulk
and
submerged meaning. Gorky hides his personal codes
from us, bu t even so, we come away with a feeling about
the artist and his worldview.
For Gorky, the Connecticut landscape he loved
recalled childhood memories of other beloved landscapes
and people. Memory and reflection of idyllic times long
ago were tremendously important to him. B orn in Arme-
nia, Gorky experienced war and famine brought
on y
Turkish
and
Armenian hostilities. His
mother
starved to death. Gorky and his father and sister escaped
to America. Gorky cherished a photograph of himselfand
his mother
in
which she wears traditional Armenian
clothing a long loose dress and a head scarf. Decades
later Gorky often used these images in his art. O ne s uc h
image is so well camouflaged in Water of the Flowery Mill
that it takes great scrutiny to find it. Look at the paint-
ing s left edge, just below the middle, for a faint image
of
Gorky s mother, standing in the landscape wearing a
long brown coat, a lavender scarf covering her hair.
Nearly invisible to our eyes, she no doubt claims a very
significant presence for the artist.
Gorky has created a specific rather than generic world
here, derived from tangible life experiences, both past
and present. Tiny details, almost undecipherable, carry
enormous import.
ARSHILE GORKY,
Water of the
lowery
Mill 944
STRATEGIES FOR DIS USSION
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 94/191
Looking at the Painting without Considering Explicit
Subject: Finding Meaning
in
Color and Form
Describe the colors used in the painting. Are they are
hot or cool ? Why do you think we generally break
down colors into those two categories? What does it
mean?
What is the effect Qr mood created by this emphasis
on a particular color family?
How is the color applied? For example, oil paint can be
thick or thin depending on
what the artist does with it.
Describe what you imagine Gorky s techniques might
have been.
Are drips evident? Can you see one color appearing
through another color that has been applied on top of it?
e specific.
Describe the forms. Are they geometrical ? Organic ?
What do these words mean?
Even though the forms invented
by
Gorky may not look
like real objects, they may remind you of things or types
of things. Name some possibilities. Can each shape
remind you of more than one thing simultaneously?
Looking at this painting, describe such a case.
What overall mood or emotion do you associate with this
work? Describe what Gorky has communicated to you
through form and color.
ARSHILE GORKY. Water of the lowery Mill
9
Considering Hidden Representation: A Landscape
Did Gorky develop a secret code,
in
which
an
abstract
looking form might stand for something quite specific?
Is there anything
in
this composition that looks like a
landscape?
e
specific in linking your thoughts to what
you see in front of you.
This is Gorky s private interpretation of a countryside
in
Connecticut, a real place that
he
loved. He inserted
in it symbols (abstract-looking forms) that stand for
certain memories of people he loved, such as his
deceased mother.
But he did not necessarily want us the viewers to
decode this landscape. He wanted the meaning to be
embedded in the painting s form and the color itself.
Has he succeeded? Why or why not?
o
you come away from this with an overall impression
that supports the idea that it is a known landscape, a real
world filled with happy memories?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 95/191
SOME
P OI NT S T O
CONSIDER
lberto iacornetti
Swiss, 19°1-1966
hree en Walking
1949
Patinated bronze,
13
12 in.
The Jacques
an d
Natasha Gelman Collection
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 96/191
• Stripped
of
all props or personalizing effects, the
human figure is presented as an attenuated,
faceless, rail-thin form, seemingly without weight
or mass.
• Giacometti carefully calibrated the placementof
the three figures
on
the sculpture s platform so
that viewers can consider not just the bodies, bu t
the displaced air space surrounding each figure,
alone an d in combination. Ambiance has
become palpable.
• Surface texture, too, expresses mood. The heavily
textured form stands as a tangible record
of
the
process
of creation-with
all its
anxieties
showing evidence
of
Giacometti s workings
an d
reworkings, his many touches.
• Both form and subject suggest metaphors: among
them, consider the idea
of
loneliness and dread
in the
modern
age. Such impressions attracted the
attention
of
the Existentialist philosopher, Jean
Paul Sartre.
• For Giacometti, art had to be truthful to reality,
an
impossible goal
of
realizing
in
visual form the
fundamentals
of
perception. It was Giacometti s
rigorous study of observation that led to his gener
alized, stripped-down form
of
expression.
NOTES
ABOUT T HIS WORK
Giacometti s apparently stylized portrayal
of the
human
figure-haunting attenuated, without substance or
mass-is in fact an expression of this artist s long,
intense
search for a
true understanding
of th e phenomenology of
perception. Both
the
outward expression ofGiacometti s
investigation (the simplified, weightless figures)
a nd t he
artist s difficult process of reaching this expression (anxi
eties, disappointments, doubts) attracted the attention of
th e great French Existentialist philosopher, Jean-Paul
Sartre, who saw in this work the epitome of his own world
view. For Sartre, Giacometti s sculpture gave visual form to
Existential Man: isolated
an d
alone even in a group, exist
in g
in a modern world in a state of dread
and
anguish.
Three faceless, weightless figures stride across a plat
form. None
make
eye contact with another; each stares
straight ahead.
No
figure appears to gesture in a way
that
acknowledges
th e
presence of
other
beings. They criss
cross a featureless
ground that
has
no
identifying charac
teristics to mark i t as a specific place. These beings are
utterly without props:
no clothes, no features, no markers
of any
kind
to particularize
the
scene. Almost without
m as s o r volume, th e figures seem hardly even to have bod
ies; their forms have
been
reduced to attenuated, spare,
ultra-thin vertical silhouettes. Only
their
proportionally
oversized feet
seem
to have any heft; this roots them
on
their platform
of
uninflected ground.
The figures are depicted in motion, an d
their
wide
strides appear to be purposeful. But we
can t
really identify
a purpose here. These frail creatures walk across an empty
expanse, an d we en d up feeling haunted and anxious when
we try to consider where they have come from
an d
where
they might be going. The figures themselves an d the
environment
in which they move have all
been
stripped of
personalizing elements. The work depicts a group, yet each
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 97/191
individual is very much alone
in
this small gathering.
Should we carry this impression further and explore
whether the work s tands as a metaphor for loneliness,
depersonalization,
an d
anxiety
in th e modern
age?
Even the surface textures convey a
sense
o f
anxiety.
Nubby an d gnawed-looking, every millimeter of surface
here
s tands as a record of the artist s
many
touches.
Thanks
to this explicit texturing effect, you can
us e
your
imagination when
you examine this work to envision
th e
process by which this sculpture came into being.
Giacometti was famous for his endless (and agonizing)
workings an d reworkings. Nothing was ever fully com
plete in his view; each object was forever a work in
progress toward a complex an d seemingly unattainable
goal.
Giacometti was grappling with fundamentals of per
ception, an d
th e
impossibility
o f
realizing in visual form
the
effects of
rendering
only what
th e
eye sees. Earlier
in his career, he was a
committed
Surrealist, working
only from his imagination. But in 9 5 Giacometti made
a dramatic break; his own vision
of
reality required
closer contact with
th e
observable world,
a nd h e b eg an
to
work from models in order to
understand
ho w to
render
88
pure optical phenomena. This demanded the artist s
understanding
not
just
o f
the volumes an d shape of th e
object itself, bu t
o f
the
atmosphere and the
space sur
rounding
it as well,
not
to
mention the phenomenon
of
movement or
interaction between objects in a unified
space.
He
describes
innumerable
setbacks in his
research;
in
fact,
he
exhibited
no
ne w work
until
1946:
Nothing was as I ha d imagined. A head
became
for
me
an object completely unknown and without dimensions.
Giacometti was attempting to suppress memory and
knowledge from the act
of
looking,
in
order to see afresh
and to arrive at a b it
o f
truth. But th e task seemed
impossible. Even the
most
facile artist
cannot
transcribe
instantaneously what his eye perceives, because he
must look a w ay - ev e n i f only for an instant-from the
thing he s
studying to produce the artwork. Memory
does in fact come into play, even in this most
careful investigation.
Giacometti agonized over
th e
notion
o f
being truthful
to reality, trying to build his art
on
a framework of close
investigation. The result is a highly personal vision of
reality,
one that
often
prompts
in
the
viewer generalized
thoughts about man s place in
the
world.
ALBERTO
GIACOMETTI
Three Men Walking
9 9
STRATEGIES FOR
DISCUSSION
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 98/191
Considering the Subject Matter
and
the Form Takes
How
much
do we know about these figures? Are there
any identifying characteristics that help
to
make
them
seem particular rather than general? Are there clothes or
faces or any other props?
Has Giacometti altered the basic
human
form in any
way
Are the various body parts true to life
in
terms of their
general proportions? If not how do they deviate from
your view of the standard human form?
Do the figures interact
in
any way Whether your answer
is yes or no describe what meaning this
interaction or
lack of it has in your view.
Even if they do not interact by gesturing or looking at
each other the figures are placed
on
the platform very
carefully; for Giacometti the spaces
etween
each figure
are important. Does this information change you attitude
about the relationship of each figure to the others
in
the group?
Where are the figures? Do we have any knowledge of their
whereabouts or the environment in which they move?
Is the flat platform
on
which the figures have been
placed an integral part of the artwork?
If
so what does
this platform suggest to
us
about the figures their
environment and the meaning or mood Giacometti was
expressing here?
Do
you think it s significant that Giacometti has portrayed
the human figure as opposed to some abstract design?
Why or why not?
ALBERTO GIACOMETTI.
hree Men Walking II 949
Continuing to Look at Form: Surface Texture
Describe the surface texture.
How is this surface a record of Giacometti s process
of
artistic creation?
Does the texture convey meaning or mood? How so
Can the Sculpture Stand as a Broader Metaphor?
Existentialist philosopher Jean-Paul Sartre saw in Gia-
cometti s work
an
expression of modem humankind in
a state
of
dread and anguish. Do you agree?
e
explicit
in
describing why or why not and make sure you justifY
your reasons based
on
what you actually see in
this sculpture.
The Process of Observation: Giacometti s Idea of Truth
and Reality
Giacometti had a difficult goal: to understand the funda
mentals of perception and to record in his art only what
his eye perceived without resorting to memory or imagi
nation.
In
order to reach his goal he ended
up
creating an
art that looks very stylized. Can you accept Giacometti s
own logic and consider this work as the result of a careful
investigation into pure optical phenomena or is this total
ly unreasonable
in
your view Justify your answer to this
question by describing your rationale and the steps you
take in reaching your own conclusions.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 99/191
SOME POINTS
TO
CONSIDER
acl son Pollock
American,
1912-1956
utu n
Rhythm Number
3
195°
Oil on canvas,
l S
x
2 7
in.
George
A Hearn
Fund, 1957
57.9
2
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 100/191
• Pollock disdained standard methods of painting
and developed his own new techniques: he placed
his canvas on the floor, he dripped and poured
paint instead of stroking it on by brush, and he
worked from all sides at once.
• The painting is huge in scale.
If
we stand in front
of it, it extends beyond our field of vision. It
envelopes us.
• Every inch of the painting s surface is equally
important. There is no central area of focus; the
emphasis is allover.
•
No
explicit recognizable imagery is depicted.
This abstract painting is nonrepresentational.
• Even though the painting is wholly abstract, there
is
content
in
this work: it is expressive
of
the artist
and
his emotions. Pollock communicates through
the painting s form and style. Viewers can also use
the title as a point
of
departure in interpreting
mood or emotion, but should avoid using the title
as a vehicle to find specific figurative imagery.
NOTES BOUT
THIS WORK
More
than
fifty years ago, Jackson Pollock developed a new,
unsettling painting style that cast aside established tradi
tions, both in the way art is made and in its subject matter.
Even today, these works look radical to many viewers.
In coming to terms with Autumn Rhythm consider
w it was made. Some people called works like this drip
paintings because
of
the way the paint is applied to the
canvas. Pollock stayed away from traditional painter s
tools. Rather
than
brushes,
he
preferred sticks, trowels,
and
knives. He
thinned
down the paint to a l iquid
consistency and
then
flung, dripped, scumbled, splotched,
pooled, and puddled it onto the surface
of
the canvas. This
was achieved by many means: for instance, a stick or other
implement would be dipped into
the
paint and then-
while holding the stick about a foot or so from the sur
face the
artist would flick it, creating a graceful arcing
line of color. With such motions, the act
of
painting
becomes almost like a dance. The marks
of
paint are the
lasting evidence
of
Pollock s motions,
and
these marks
give us insight into the very process
of
creating the work.
We can actually visualize the gestures that Pollock used to
create the painting by carefully examining the way the
lines look.
For Pollock, the process itselfwas important; spontane
ity was
key
He said,
I think
of
my paintings as dramas
Neither
the
action
nor the
actors can be anticipated,
or
described in advance Ideas and plans
that
existed in
the
mind
at the start were simply the doorway through
which one left the world in which they occur. Pollock
believed that the work
should
never be completely pre
planned because
in
the act
of
painting, various possibilities
would emerge. This issue caused a lot
of
controversy at the
time. Some people argued
that
the work was merely
Jackson Pollock
95
Photograph by Hans Namuth
New York
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 101/191
accidental. Dripping and pouring the paint seemed out
of control. Pollock said, I can control the flow of paint
there is no accident.
Pollock worked on the floor rather
than
at an easel.
He said, On the floor I
am
more at ease. I feel nearer,
more a par t of the painting, since this way I can walk
around it, work from all four sides, and literally be in the
painting. Because of its large scale, we, too, can feel as
though we are in the work of art. tover seventeen feet
long, utumn hythm is immense. The painting spreads
out beyond our peripheral view like a whole environ-
ment; we are enveloped by it.
Pollock worked on the painting from all angles, and
he created a composition in which every square inch is
equally important. The emphasis is allover; no one area is
more important
than another. A dense, intricate web of
color fills the entire arena. Layers of paint subtly overlap,
alternately advancing and receding in space.
this completely abstract painting, no hidden
imagery waits to be deciphered. Pollock said, Iwant to
express my feelings rather
than
illustrate them. The title
was determined after the work was complete. We can
consider it as we develop
our own interpretation of what
Pollock was communicating here. But we must be careful
not to
think
of the title as a description of specific figura-
tive imagery within the painting. utumn hythm is not a
landscape,
but
it is redolent
of
the natural world. Pollock
said that he wanted his work to be nature,
he
didn t want
just to
paint
it. The work rings out with emotion. Pollock
certainly wanted to convey meaning when he painted, but
his content is evocative rather than explicit.
JACKSON POLLOCK
utumn
Rhythm Number
30 1950
STRATEGIES FOR
DISCUSSION
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 102/191
The Impact of Scale
Consider the size of the painting, pacing out its seven
teen-foot length on the floor
if
you are looking at a slide.
Imagine if the painting were small rather
than
large.
What effect does the size have on your experience
of
looking at it? Do you think that scale has meaning?
If so, describe it
Methods of Painting
Look carefully at the painting
and
try to reconstruct
how it was made.
Was it painted at an easel? Describe your reasons for
answering yes or no.
Was the paint thick or thin? Liquid or solid? How do
you know?
How was the paint applied to the canvas? By brush?
Spilled? Dripped? Name at least four methods you could
use to obtain the effects in this picture.
Did Pollock work from one position when he painted this
picture?
To
answer this question, consider
if
we can tell
anything about his position by the direction
of
the flow of
paint that is, top to bottom, left to right, bottom to top)?
Suggestion: take the slide out
of
the carousel and try
projecting it upside down or backward. Analyze what the
differences are and what you can learn from this experi
ment in close looking. For example, consider whether
t he re is a n
up
or down. Pollock certainly thought so, and
he signed the work accordingly. If you look at the image
upside down, does it appear to your eyes to be out of kil
ter? Why or why not?
JACKSON POLLOCK, utumn Rhythm Number30 1950
Use of Line, Form, Color
Where should we look when we examine this work?
Is there one important point of focus in this painting?
Is every area equally important? As you formulate
an
opinion, think about these questions in relationship to
other paintings you have seen,
and
compare them.
Does Pollock use line in order to describe enclosed forms?
Are any solid forms shown here?
What colors are used here? Is it a long list? Why would
Pollock choose to limit his palette? What is the effect?
Can you identify what color was applied first and
which came next? How do you determine the answer
to that question?
What s the Subject? Finding Content within the
Framework ofAbstraction
Is the artist painting something specific here?
Do
any
elements
of
the composition describe actual things?
Is this painting completely abstract?
Can a composition be totally abstract yet suggest impres
sions of something? Moods?
Is there anything about this composition that would make
you think
of
nature-in
an abstract way? How and why?
Try to find the words to describe f lings evoked by aspects
of nature without
naming
specific recognizable im g s of
nature.
9
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 103/191
SOME
POINTS
TO CONSIDER
avid mith
anktotem
195
2
-53
Steel and bronze,
80
1
2
49
12
x 18 1
2
in.
Fletcher Fund, 1953
53·93
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 104/191
• The sculpture is comprised of different found
materials that have been taken from their original,
industrial contexts
an d
transformed into a new
context as fine art.
• Consider Smith s use of the word
totem
to rein
force the power
of
such a transformation from one
context into another. Totems are potent, symbolic
emblems, held by some peoples in inestimable
regard as incarnations of ancestral kin.
• The aggregate
of
the different parts, now assem
bled in a meaningful whole, is infused with poetic
metaphor. Although entirely abstract, the work
makes several references to the
human
figure in
scale, stance, gesture, an d other attributes.
• The interplay between voids and solids provides an
expressive element
in
this work. The empty spaces
that are circumscribed by the metal parts become
particularly resonant.
For writings
by
Smith
see
ppendix P 56
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
This welded-metal sculpture is an assemblage of bits an d
pieces of machine parts an d other industrial materials that
have been removed from their original, functional contexts
an d then reassembled in a whole new context as a work
of art, resonant with new meaning yet still retaining
nuances
of
the material s past associations.
Smith talked about finding or discovering parts,
rather than ordering newly milled metals as material for
his sculptures. He said, I start with one part, then a unit
of parts, until a whole appears. Parts have unities an d asso
ciations an d separate after images even when they are no
longer parts bu t a whole. The after-images of parts lie back
on the horizon, very distant cousins to the image formed
by the finished work. For
Tanktotem
the starting point
was the large circular shape at the center of the aggregate
of
materials poised
on
top
of
the long, slender pole. This
convex, dish-shaped piece served as the lid or cap
of
an
industrial tank. Smith
made
a series
of
sculptures whose
inspiration was sparked by such lids. When we look at this
round shape we know it has
been
pulled from the world of
industry; it s easy enough to identify because Smith
s-
purposely not
camouflaged its origins. But even though
the piece is undisguised, it has been immeasurably trans
formed in this new context.
This sculpture does not sit on a traditional pedestal or
base
bu t
extends fully to the floor.
Tanktotem
occupies
the room it s in just as a
human
being does: standing on
its own terms directly on the floor. In other ways, too, the
work conjures up some human connections. The overall
scale is just over human size (80 inches high), which
renders the piece very approachable rather than
grand
or monumental.
If
you walk
up
to this sculpture in the
Museum s gallery, you feel that you can encounter it
directly in
a sense, almost eye to eye.
Tanktotem
is
an
95
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 105/191
abstraction; it is not
an
image
of
a
human
being. But this
work certainly does bear some parallels to the
human
form
and
it makes us
think
about
human
metaphors. Its
tall slender
stem
gives a very organic impression: grace-
fully positioning the work
in
space like a human leg or a
tree
trunk
would. The tank lid resembles a head or a
torso; other elements take on characteristics that evoke
gesturing limbs.
Although
made of
heavy metal the piece appears spry
and
buoyant; the shapes
seem
to gesture
in
a balletic
dance
an
effect achieved
in
part by a play between voids
and
solids. One
important
element
in
the sculpture is the
air space itself defined by the placement
of
the various
shapes. For instance the empty space encompassed by
the seven saw toothed objects becomes palpable here.
And the contours
of
the shapes take on a linear calli-
graphic feel.
In the process of transforming raw odds and ends
from
the
everyday world into something totally different
Smith infuses
the
work with poetic metaphor. The title
of
this sculpture reinforces the power
of
such a radical
transformation. Consider the word totem. Totems are po-
tent
emblems highly regarded by some peoples as incar-
nations
of
ancestral kin. Using his own language
of pure
form David Smith has conjured up a unique metaphor
for the great eloquence
of
abstract signs or emblems. We
can ponder a variety of meanings suggested through this
assemblage
of
industrial parts. Are our
modern
lives
built
upon
the
remnants
of
individuals who have lived
before us
and
the history they have established?
D VID SMITH
Tanktotem 1952 53
STRATEGIES FOR
DIS USSION
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 106/191
Thinking about Materials
and
Techniques
of
Fabrication
What is this sculpture made of?
H ow is i t ma de? Are the pieces welded together, or carved
or molded?
Do you think that David Smith fabricated each part
of
this
sculpture from scratch, or did
he
piece together various
preexisting materials?
Can you guess where certain parts originated? Are the
materials usually found
in
industrial objects or i n a rt
objects? Look carefully at the round part. t was not made
to be used
in
a sculpture but in a factory-made product.
What do you think
it
is?
In
creating his art, Smith used objects originally designed
for industrial functions. What difference does this make
in
the overall meaning and the effect
of
this piece?
Industrial materials are now transformed into a different
context. Are their origins completely lost to us? Or do we
retain some sense
of
how they were originally used?
What is the difference between these two concepts?
Look at the seven saw-toothed elements welded onto this
work. Do you think the empty space that they circum
scribe is
important in
this work? Are there other ways
that
Smith causes empty space to become palpable?
Some sculptors are
most
interested
in
questions
of
volume; others focus on different kinds of issues.
Discuss the idea of solid space versus void, as
used
in
this sculpture.
DAVID SMITH Tanktotem 1952-53
Metaphors: Is There a
Human
Connection?
When you look at this piece, do you think
of
a human
figure
in
any way e specific.
What is
t
about this sculpture that makes you
think
about a
human
being, even though the work is completely
abstract
and
has no explicit references to the
human
body?
Describe the sculpture in terms
of
gesture and stance two
words associated with figures.
Look at how the bottom
of
this sculpture meets the floor.
Is there an imposing base or pedestal? What is the effect
of
Smith s placement
of
the sculpture?
Does its size approximately six and one-halffeet tall)
seem significant
in
any way
Metaphors: Considering the Title
Tank
and
totem
have specific
meanings in
the English
language.
What is the meaning
of
the word tank here? Why does
Smith call attention to his use
of
industrial materials by
referring to it
in
this work s title?
Wha t is a totem Look it
up in
the dictionary and discuss
its meaning.
In
your opinion, why did Smith use this word,
and how does it contribute to the sculpture s meaning?
97
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 107/191
SOME
POINTS
TO CONSIDER
• This picture conveys a sense
of
loneliness, isola
dward opper
American, 1882-1967
Office in a mall ity
953
Oil
on
canvas,
28
x 40 in.
George
A
Hearn Fund, 953
53
8
3
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 108/191
tion,
an d
disquiet. The mood is established by both
the subject matter an d the formal properties
of
the
composition.
is as
if
we are peering
in
at a scene, unnoticed:
witnesses to a private
moment that we ll never
completely understand.
• We don t know much about the man depicted
here, no r can we read into the picture a specific
narrative story. Hopper s world is suggestive
rather
than
explicit.
• The painting is carefully composed; every element
is positioned with exactness. Framing
an d
crop
ping
an d
use
of
dramatic light
an d
shadows are
powerful techniques that communicate feeling to
the viewer.
NOTES
ABOUT THIS WORK
An eerie stillness pervades this vignette of isolation, as
if
a
moment
i n t im e were frozen. A man alone in his office
on what looks to be a high floor
of
a n u rb an office build
ing, stares
out
blankly into space. He does
not
interact
with any
other
human
beings, no r does he appear to be
engaged in active work. As viewers, we are shown a
glimpse of
something
private, a peek into someone else s
life.
Hopper
has cast
us
in the role of eavesdropper or
peeping Tom, looking in
on
a tableau tha t we have
no
right to explore. This act of looking-in gives us pause an d
makes
us
ask
some
disquieting questions about life
in
modern American cities.
Ou r vantage point is elevated. We occupy the same
plane as
the
man s office,
rather
than look
up
from street
level. There s
something
contrived about this.
He
looks
out-seeming
to focus
o n n ot hi ng i n
particular-and we
peer in. Who is he? We might impose upon the picture
ou r
own fantasies about this
ma n an d
his world,
bu t
we ll
never know for sure, since Hopper has chosen not to sup
ply specific answers to ou r questions about identity. Here,
Hopper
chooses to
present neither
portraiture no r a com
plete narrative story. At first glance,
th e
elements of this
scene seem very specific, bu t what is depicted is actually
very vague. Similarly, while we may have ou r own fan
tasies about this
man
an d his thoughts or deeds, Hopper
has
embedded
no straightforward narrative here; his world
is suggestive, not explicit. Think about the tit le
of
the pic
ture, Office
in a mall
ity Hopper might have gotten
more
specific bu t
he
elected
no t
to. Research shows
that
the small city is Truro, Massachusetts.
So
why didn t
Hopper
tell us? Perhaps
the
artist has stripped away all
the
particulars so that we can consider
the
image
99
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 109/191
metaphorically or generally, as a statement about the
modern human condition.
This picture is no t a mere random
snapshot
of th e
everyday modern world, bu t a carefully arranged compo
sition. Every square
inch
has
been thought
out, all
th e
elements
rigorously
structured around
a geometry of
overlapping rectangles an d cubes.
In
this interesting jux
taposition of old an d
new
architecture, every superfluous
detail is
eliminated in
order to
present
a pared-down,
almost
schematic
rendering
of form; it s highly abstract.
Notice
th e
window we look through. Positioned to frame
ou r view an d affect ou r mood, this large rectangle pro
vides a key structuring element in the composition. Deep
shadows
heighten the
clarity of
Hopper s
scenario,
an d
strong contrasts convey a
drama
(albeit inexplicit). These
techniques of
framing
an d cropping views,
t he u se
of
dramatic angles, an d
Hopper s
powerful cast shadows
carry
meaning and convey mood jus t as surely as th e fig
ure s gesture an d facial expression do.
Hopper is focusing on a scenario that
should
be invis
ible to
us an d an environment that
would normally be
easily
passed
over. Writing about a friend s paintings,
Hopper expressed thoughts that could be appl ied to his
own work: The blank concrete walls an d steel construc
tions of modern industry-all
the
sweltering, tawdry life
of th e
American small town,
and behind
all, sad desola
tion He
derives daily
stimulus
from these,
that
oth
ers flee f ro m o r pass with indifference. With this
painting,
H op pe r i mb ue s a n
ordinary scene with a sug
gestive symbolic content; it is an exploration
of
an inner
state of
mind
an d an interior life of the city.
EDWARD HOPPER Office in m ll
City
953
STRATEGIES FOR
DISCUSSION
The Subject: What We Know and What We
Are you tempted to make any interpretations about life
in
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 110/191
Don t Know
Where is this man and what is he doing? What kind
of
environment is this?
Does the title help us read the picture? Does the title
situate the work in as explicit a way as you would like
it to Why or why not?
Is a special, momentous event depicted here? What kind
of situation is shown here?
Are there other
human
beings present in this composi-
tion? How do you think this fact contributes to the mood
of the picture?
Are there enough explicit details provided in the painting
for us to project onto it a complete narrative? What s the
difference between the kind of story that you can imagine
(using the picture as a point of departure) versus the
kind
of
story that is totally explicit in the image the artist
paints?
Where are we as viewers in relation to the picture?
What is our vantage point?
What is our role? Are we invited guests? Unnoticed
witnesses?
What exactly Ieads
you to your conclusion?
Consider the mood that is communicated by our vantage
point on the outside looking in and describe it as fully
as you can.
EDWARD
HOPPER Office in a Small ity 95
a modern city on the basis of the subject matter Hopper
paints here? Describe your overall interpretation, and note
what it is in the picture itselfthat leads you to your
particular analysis.
Composition: A Structure That Crops and Frames the
Viewer s Perspective
Define the geometrical shapes that structure this
composition. Look at where and how strong verticals
are positioned; think about cubes and rectangles and
how they are arranged.
Describe how Hopper has positioned the window that
we are peering through
in
order to see the
man
inside.
Look at how diagonals are set offagainst verticals and
horizontals. Are the angles set at ninety degrees, or do
certain corners converge at a raking angle? e specific.
Does this convey a mood? If so, what is it
Look at light and shadow. Describe angles created by
the light. Does this technique contribute to the mood?
How so
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 111/191
SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER
• Jasper Johns wanted to
use
ready-made images
sper ohns
American, b 1930
hit
l g
1955
Encaustic, oil, newsprint, and charcoal on canvas,
78
S
x 120
in.
Purchase, Lila Acheson Wallace, Reba and Dave Williams,
Stephen and Nan Swid, Roy R and Marie S Neuberger,
Louis
and
Bessie Adler Foundation Inc., Maria-Gaetana
Matisse, The Barnett Newman Foundation, Ruth
and Sey-
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 112/191
rather than images
he had
invented.
• For him, the American flag is a ubiquitous public
image so present
in modern
society that it has
become virtually invisible. The flag is something
seen out of the corner of the eye, yet not necessar
ily known.
hit l g
elevates the familiar and
asks
us
to consider the differences between seeing
something
and
knowing it.
• Johns avoids illusionism.
The
flag is the
same
shape and size as the canvas itself. There is no sug
gestion
of
three-dimensionality or spatial depth,
and there is no sense
of
foreground and back
ground.
• Johns develops a lush, dense surface
by
adapting
the ancient technique
of
encaustic,
in
which pig
ment is suspended in molten wax. The translucen
cy of
the wax allows us to see traces
of
everything
that went into the making
of
the picture, from the
artist s first charcoal markings, to the underlying
collage
of
cut newspaper and other materials, to
the many brushstrokes
and
layers of paint
and
wax
applied to the work s surface.
mour
Klein Foundation Inc., Andrew
N
Schiff, The Chace
und Inc., The Cowles Charitable Trust, The Merrill G and
Emita E Hastings Foundation, John J Roche, Molly and
Walter Bareiss,
and
Linda and Morton Janklow Gifts;
Kathryn
E
Hurd, Denise
and
Andrew Saul, George
A
Hearn,
and
Arthur Hoppock
Hearn
Funds; Florene
M
Schoenborn Bequest;
and
Gifts
of
Professor
and
Mrs. Zevi
Scharfstein and
Himan
Brown, and other gifts, bequests,
and funds from various donors, by exchange, 1998
199
8
3
2
9
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
I n a new kind
of
art, Jasper Johns investigates fundamental
issues
of
perception
and
aesthetic experience. Johns said,
ou can have a certain view
of
a thing at one t ime
and
a
different view
of
it at another. This
phenomenon
interests
me.
In
his choice
of
subject matter and his decisions about
form and techniques, Johns puts into play an intellectual
dialogue
in
which we grapple with the co-existence
of
illu
sion and reality, abstraction and representation. Along the
way we consider some profound questions about seeing
and
knowing.
The subject matter,
an
American flag, is one
of
the most
ubiquitous visual symbols in our culture. Its universal
familiarity is the great attraction for Johns. This is a ready
made design rather than an image of his own invention.
Johns wanted to focus
on
preformed, conventional, deper
sonalized, factual, exterior elements. In one sense, the flag
is so familiar that, for many people, it may be virtually
invisible, something so often seen that it is not noticed or
thought about. For Johns, the image
of
the flag is part
of
a
large body of things seen and not looked at, not exam
ined. Johns explores the commonplace aspect
of
the flag as
1°3
an everyday sight, and he does not consider it as a roman
the upper right, and the flag s remaining six stripes
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 113/191
tic emblem of heroism or patriotism, or as an icon
charged with political or psychological resonance.
Here
the
flag is a symbol
of
what is
most
familiar to us, and
Johns elevates
the
familiar
and
forces
us
as viewers to
ponder
the idea of knowing
an
image rather
than
just
seeing it
out
of
the
corner
of
your eye.
Johns considered
the
American flag as a truly found
object, a subject that he says came to
him
(ready-made) in
a dream one night: One night I dreamed that I painted a
large American flag,
and
the next
morning
I got up
and
I
went out and bought the mater ials to begin it. And I did.
I worked
on that
painting a long time. For Johns, this
dream image tapped into a world
of
mundane circum
stance,
not the
chaotic arena
of
the unconscious mind.
Here
the flag is rendered flat. Its edges correspond
exactly with the exterior edges of the painting itself. There
is
no
sense of illusionism
in
this depiction.
Think
about
some
of
the kinds of illusions that the artist omits. Johns
did not choose to depict a flag waving in the breeze, thus
appearing as a three-dimensional form. This work fuses
figure and background, eliminating conventional distinc
tions. Johns presents one unified surface. y
making
the
flag and the canvas (the painting surface) identical in size,
Johns dissolves the distinction between the painting itself
as
an object-in-the-world versus the thing that is being
depicted.
To further emphasize the painting s presence as a real
object,
hit
Flag
is
made
of
three separate canvases that
are joined together. We can see the edges demarcating the
three structural elements
of
this composition: forty-eight
stars at the
upper
left (when Johns made this work, there
were only forty-eight states), seven stripes
in
the section at
1°4
below.
Johns has stripped from the flag its characteristic red,
white,
and
blue color scheme, rendering the image in
monochrome,
in an
abstract, schematized
manner
It s
an
all-white composition, but the closer we look the more
lush and
varied it appears: white, beige,
and
other subtle
grey-white tones, in every
nuance and
inflection from
opaque to translucent. Not at all a sober, one-note compo
sition, this work is rich with undertone, lavish
in
its dense
and
varied surface handling. If you look closely, you begin
to see tha t under the paint, Johns first sketched the flag
design
in
charcoal
and then
applied a collage
of
cut pieces
of
newspaper, other kinds
of
paper,
and
bits of fabric.
He wanted to preserve
in
the finished work a record
of
its
coming-into-being. To retain evidence
of
the painting
process, Johns
turned
to an ancient
medium:
encaustic.
In
this technique, the pigments are
not
mixed with slow
drying oils
but
are
suspended in hot
beeswax. Johns
added oil paint to the wax instead of dry pigments, as
ancient artists did. The molten wax is applied to the can
vas with a brush; the wax cools very quickly. s soon as
the wax is cool, the next stroke can be applied without
altering the first. Even
hardened
beeswax is translucent.
So the surface
of
Johns s picture records every stroke,
and
we can see that the painting process is a sequence, con
sisting
of
many
separate marks
and
artistic decisions.
Jasper Johns created a hybrid; neither wholly abstract
nor
illusionistic, his art stands at the crossroads, revealing
new dimensions about familiar things. He invites us to
look at the world differently, to consider what it
means
to
see and what it means to know, and to ask what consti
tutes art itself.
JASPER JOHNS hit Flag
955
STRATEGIES FOR DISCUSSION
T hinking about the Image T hat Is Depicted
in
Can you tell
if
the artist has used any other materials
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 114/191
This Painting
Describe what you see.
What do you normally associate with the American flag?
Think about the many different contexts in which you
encounter the American flag. Perhaps you noted a range
of contexts: from patriotic events to the most everyday-
even commercial uses
of
American flag imagery.
Now consider why Jasper Johns might have chosen to
paint a flag. This artist wanted to focus on a ready-made
image that was totally known rather than one that
he
would invent himself. Suggest some reasons why some
body might take this approach to the creative process.
For Jasper Johns, some images are so familiar that they
are taken for granted: seen but not necessarily known.
Describe what you think this means, especially in the con
text of fine art.
Discuss your ideas about a few other familiar images
often taken for granted) that you might
consider in the
same terms.
Considering Technique: How the Work Is Made
We expect an oil painting
to
have a smooth, seamless sur
face. How does this work differ from this traditional
expectation?
Be
specific.
W ha t is t he effect and meaning of using three separate
canvases rather
than
one large one?
JASPER JOHNS hit Flag 955
besides paint in making this work? Is there evidence of
collage bits of newspaper or fabric affIxed to the surface)?
Is
the surface smooth or rough? C an you see evidence
of
each brushstroke, or are the strokes blended together?
What meaning can we draw from this ability to see every
mark
made by the artist s
hand
during the process of cre
ation?
Instead of mixing his paints with oil, Johns used
an
ancient technique called encaustic, in which the paint is
mixed with hot wax The wax cools fast, and the artist can
apply one stroke
on
top of another very quickly without
blurring or smudging.
Now look closely and describe the way t he p ai nt h as b ee n
applied. Is it opaque or translucent? A combination? What
effect does this have on your feeling about the work and
its meaning?
The Meaning
of
Form and Color
Is this work strictly monochromatic? Describe the varia
tions in color.
Is there any representation of three-dimensional form or
space? If the artist had wanted to show the illusion
of
three-dimensionality, how might he have done so
What is the effect of making the exterior edges of the
painting form the edges
of
the image itself? What is the
underlying meaning?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 115/191
SOME
POINTS
TO CONSIDER
• References to identifiable objects are eliminated
to create
an
abstract composition in which color
ark othko
NO ] White
ed
on Yellow
195
8
Oil and acrylic with powdered pigments on canvas,
95
3/8
x
81
3/8
in.
Gift of The Mark Rothko Foundation Inc., 1985
19
8
5
6
3 5
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 116/191
is the key expression.
• The composition is pared down to a streamlined
minimum Even so, the forms are simplified but
not rigid or geometrical.
• Applied
in
thin translucent layers, color is
ethereal, atmospheric. Borders between colors
are infinitely subtle.
or
writings
by
Rothko
see
ppendix
pp
159 16
This is an art in which many of the standard conventions
have
been
stripped away so that color itselfis the major
expressive means. Recognizable imagery is eliminated
in
this completely abstract work. Even the formal structure is
simplified, reduced to favor what the artist referred to as
the simple expression of the complex thought.
The composition is streamlined. Rothko created a
reduced format; three rectangular masses hover against a
simple background. With only slight variations
in
formal
structure, Rothko
used
this format for twenty years. How
can an art is t be susta ined for so long by two or three sim-
pIe horizontal bars of color aligned in a vertical composi-
tion? For Rothko, reductive form allowed color to reach a
transcendent expression, leaving behind any references to
the material world. Nothing else gets
in
the way
of
the fun-
damental expression.
Forms are simplified but not geometric; shapes are
softened. Notice the lack
of
abrupt transitions at the edges
of
the three color bars. These edges are not rigid, straight
lines, the kind of boundaries made by mechanical means.
As the bands of color meet the background, the two colors
fuzzily merge, creating a kind of halo effect. This feather-
ing of the edges helps to convey an ethereal mood. Within
each band of color, the paint appears luminous. We do not
see dramatic, gestural strokes
of
thick paint applied by
brushes. Here colors are applied
in
translucent veils
of
diluted pigment, often with rags and sponges rather than
brushes. In some areas, paint is scumbled. In other zones,
it acts as a stain, saturating the canvas s fibers. This sensi-
tive application of paint produces a rich, multilayered, atmo-
spheric field. It glows, conveying a sense of boundlessness.
Scale was important to Rothko.
In
a way, Rothko used
the large scale to create a kind
of
intimacy for his viewers.
He
said,
I f
you paint a large picture, you are
in
it. The
7
painting becomes a whole environment
in
which the
viewer is encompassed. This almost eight-foot-high work
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 117/191
produces a very different effect than a small, easel-sized
picture hung on a wall. The large scale also allows for
larger expanses of color fields, and within each field
a greater potential for ever
more
subtle
and
evocative
paint handling.
Rothko purified his style, paring it down to achieve a
contemplative, serene expression.
is not meant to be
merely pretty or comforting, bu t derives from a more
serious impulse. To describe the elemental impact,
Rothko
used
the word
sublime.
Works like this
one
have
meaning, even
though
the
meaning
is as abstract as the
forms themselves.
In the
artist s words, There is
no
such thing
as a good painting about nothing. We assert
that
the subject is crucial,
and
only that subject-matter is
valid which is tragic
and
timeless.
ro8
MARK ROT KO NO ] White Red on Yellow 1958
STRATEGIES FOR
DISCUSSION
looking at the Composition
Describe the arrangement
of
forms in this composition
The Expressive Meaning of Color
Rothko found color and its expressive potential pro-
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 118/191
Is this work geometrical? Why or why not?
ow think once again about the first two questions
specifically looking at how Rothko has painted the edges
of
shapes Are the edges crisp or linear? Describe them
What kind
of
mood
is
generated
y
these hazy edges
or boundaries?
Is anything specific depicted here?
If
you feel that this
is an abstract painting then do you believe that abstract
forms can convey meaning? Propose some possible
emotions or moods suggested y these abstract forms
M RK ROTHKO o White, Red on Yellow , 1958
foundly interesting Consider the colors used in this work
and suggest the expression these colors convey
How do you think the color was applied to the surface
of
the canvas? With brushes? Sponges?
Does the color seem to be flat? If not find words to
describe these fields of color What mood is suggested
y
the color?
°
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 119/191
SOME
POINTS
TO
CONSIDER
• This composition derives from the artist s specific
observations.
is a record
of
visual experience.
llswort
elly
American, b.
1923
Blue Green
Red
19
62
-
6
3
Oil
on
canvas, 9 x 82 in.
Arthur Hoppock
Hearn
Fund,
1963
63·73
NOTES ABOUT T HIS WORK
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 120/191
• Kelly has extracted forms from their context
an d
transformed
them
into precise, abstract-looking
configurations. With sharp
an d
clear edges, the
shapes appear flat, unmodulated by bmshstrokes
or other evidence
of
the artist s hand.
• For the viewer, the original correspondence
between a given shape an d where or how Kelly
observed it
in
the tangible world
remains
mysterious, unknown.
Ellsworth Kelly s
art
is about a way of looking carefully at
th e
world. The forms in this abstraction are distillations of
something
specific he actually observed. Kelly takes a visu
al experience a nd t he n removes its context its recogniz
able bearings. The specific visual observation is
excerpted an d
transformed
into precise an d refined
works of
art such
as Blue Green Red
For Kelly the most valid subjects are ready-made,
rather than
composed by the artist.
He
avoids forms
that
carry a lot
of
emotional baggage:
th e human
figure,
or
any
thing
that alludes to a heroic, romantic, or narrative story.
Kelly eliminates
th e
imposition of
meaning
or interpreta
tion.
In
his words, Making art
has
first of all to do with
honesty.
My
first lesson was to see objectively, to erase all
meaning
of
the thing
seen. The source
might
be natural
or artificial. The shape
of
a
leaf or
a rock, or
the
shadows
cast by such objects, or the shape
of
the empty space
between
them
qualify as valid subjects for Kelly s
monu-
mentalized records of visual encounters.
Other
possibili
ties
might
include
the
image
of
a window or
some other
architectural detail, shadows
in
a s tree t or on a building,
th e splatter of tar on a road, or the play of light on water.
The point is to be a ttentive to the world a t large an d to con
struct a record of
th e
experience. Kelly describes it as a
new
freedom; there was no longer
t he n ee d
to compose.
The subject was already
made an d
I could take from
everything.
Yet we cannot look at Blue Green Red and expect a
flash of recognition. It s
no t
a picture meant to be decoded
by us,
and
we ll never derive an exact correspondence
between its forms an d the visual experience that inspired
it. This legitimate analysis of an artist s observations must
remain
a mystery
on that important
level.
The c olor is a s eparate iss ue . Intense unmodulated
planes of saturated color look like flat cutouts their edges
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 121/191
razor sharp.
The
surface reveals
no
evidence of the
artist s hand no brush marks no texturing to be s ee n.
The
opacity is unyielding;
no
inflections break
up
the
dense expanse
within
each
of the
color areas.
For Kelly each work of art records a real experience
drawn from the phenomenological world. But he has so
abstracted this reality that we
can
never know its origins.
Z
LLSWORTH K LLY lue Green Red
962 63
STRATEGIES FOR DIS USSION
Looking at Form and Color
Describe the shapes and their arrangement
in
The Subject: Abstraction Based upon
Real but Hidden Experience
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 122/191
this composition.
Are these shapes cropped (cut offat the edges). or do
they appear to be complete? Describe your reasoning.
Notice the edges. Describe their characteristics (for
example, hard, smooth, jagged, hazy). Do you believe
the way the edges are painted creates a particular effect
or has a meaning? especific.
Describe the colors used and your reactions to these
colors. Similarly, describe the way the surface is
developed is
it flat or textured, is there modulation
in
color? eas specific as you can.
ELLSWORTH
KELLY lue Green Red 962 63
What s the difference between a ready-made subject
and
an
invented one?
Kelly
did not make
up
these shapes from his imagination
alone. The forms are based on something he saw in the
real world, although
we
may never know exactly what
inspired a given arrangement. Do you accept that these
highly abstract shapes are probably based on something
the artist actually saw? What kinds
of
actual things might
have inspired a composition such
as
this one?
Do you think it matters that this work is based on
something real ? Why does it matter?
Can we still reach a valid interpretation of this work
even
if
we never learn specifically what inspired
the composition?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 123/191
The lock p nel one
SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER
• Bearden pays tribute to an urban neighborhood
in
Harlem and celebrates the African-American
expenence.
ornare earden
American,
19II 1988
he
lo k
197
1
Cut
and
pasted papers
on
Masonite (six panels),
48
x
216
in. (overall)
Gift of Mr.
and
Mrs. Samuel Shore, 1978
197
8
.
6
1 1 6
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 124/191
• Viewers have a unique, multifaceted view, incorpo
rating public, private,
and
imaginative events. Each
vignette is rich with narrative detail.
• Cut papers
and photographic images are juxta
posed in evocative incongruencies
of
scale and
proportion. These disjunctures enable
us
to con
sider a variety
of
viewpoints, all
of
which Bearden
somehow brings into equilibrium in this large
composition.
• Bearden was inspired by jazz,
and
some of his
approaches to composition function as visual
equivalents to music.
See
Bearden poster
set in luded in this Resource for Educators
Romare Bearden couples an almost journalistic instinct
for reporting
the
everyday rituals
of
life
on
this block
in
Harlem with imagery drawn from an extraordinarily rich
universe of fantasy and pure imagination. Two worlds
conjoin to create a dynamic, bright, moving, and rhythmic
celebration of the neighborhood which is emblematic
of
the African-American experience in modern times. Bear
den
spoke of painting
the
life of
my
people as I know
-
as passionately
and
dispassionately as Bruegel painted
the
life
of the
Flemish people
of
his day.
This eighteen-foot-Iong work is
an
expansive arena for
a wealth of narrative detail. The
Block
reflects a typical
street, a medley of assorted storefronts with residential
apartments
above. Signs identify a liquor store, church,
and barber
shop;
the
identity of other storefronts is left to
our imagination. Bearden s magical vantage
point
lets us
see indoor and outdoor scenes simultaneously; we have a
unique
view
of
public
and
private life.
In the
sphere
of
public behavior, we are witness to a variety
of
spectacles.
Moving from left to right, vignettes include pedestrians
ambling down a busy street; a funeral
in
progress, with
pallbearers carrying a casket
out
to a waiting hearse; chil
dren and their
pets a t play; a
woman
shown talking with
an individual who leans from a window above; a street per
son
lying on the sidewalk; and folks of all ages together
and alone, engaged in
the
daily routines of everyday life in
a busy urban environment. Imagine this scenario accom
panied by
the
recorded sounds of street activity;
that
is
how Bearden originally showed this work.
In addition to the public side of life, we see a variety of
private
moments thanks
to Bearden s
use
of
some
unreal
istically large windows in upper floors. Some people watch
television; a seemingly sick older
woman
either gets up or
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 125/191
The lock
lies down
in
bed; a couple embrace. In the fourth build
ing from the left, Bearden has moved beyond document
ing
the real world to depict
an
Annunciation scene. An
angel with a yellow halo tells a
woman
whose head is
actually
an
African sculpture
that she
is to have
a baby; we can even look right through
her
body to see
the
fetus.
A collage of cut papers that have been affixed to six
masonite panels, The lock mixes photographs
of
various
scales
and
proportions with brightly colored papers. One
of
the
more
evocative effects is a startling disjunction
in
scale. There are also incongruencies between elements
in
black
and
white
and
those
in
full color. Notice the interi
or view
in
the pink building with the liquor sign. In a
group
of
children shown
in
black-and-white photographic
images, the upper part
of
one boy s head suddenly
becomes full color. Maybe we re being given a glimpse
of
this particular boy s viewpoint. A gigantic
mousetrap-
larger
in
scale than a grown
man takes
up almost
half
the space in this vignette. In a fantastic apparition, a
hugely proportioned fragment
of
a boy s face looks
out
at
us from the exterior wall of the building
in
which the
annunciation
scene takes place. A few doors down,
an
enormous
blue lightbulb hangs from the ceiling of a
room in which two figures (tiny in comparison) are
n
shown talking. Bearden said, Such devices as
distortion
of
scale
and
proportion,
and
abstract col
oration, are the very means through which I try to
achieve a more personal expression is not my aim
to paint about the Negro in America in terms of propa
ganda.
is precisely my awareness
of
the distortions
required by the polemicist that has caused
me
to paint
the life
of
my people as I know it
Bearden was deeply interested in jazz,
and
music
inspired some
of
his compositional techniques. The
dynamic
rhythms the
way forms are laid
out
across the
surface
of
this
monumental collage function
as visual
counterparts to some jazz principles. Friendships with
musicians such as Fats Waller
must
have been inspira
tional to Bearden
in
his search for visual equivalents to
the jazz aesthetic.
He
wrote about listening to
music
as
he worked on his art: I l is tened for hours to recordings
of Earl Hines at the piano. Finally, I was able to block out
the melody and concentrate on the silences between the
notes. I found this was very helpful to me
in
the trans
mutation of sound
into colors
and in
the placement
of
objects
in
my paintings and collages. Jazz has shown
me
ways
of
achieving artistic structures that are personal
to me.
ROMARE BEARDEN, The
rock
9
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 126/191
STRATEGIES FOR DISCUSSION
Thinking about This Particular Block: The Fabric
of
an
Urban Neighborhood
Where is this block? o you think it relates to an actual
neighborhood? Why or why not?
Describe the neighborhood depicted here.
e
as specific
as you can.
What are people doing
in
this scene?
If you had to identify sounds that might be associated
with this picture, what would they be? Is such a question
relevant to our experience of looking at a visual work?
What time
of
day is this? Is i t possible that both night and
day are represented? If so, describe how the artist accom
plished this, and propose why he might have done this.
Consider vignettes that are shown indoors versus those
shown outside. Is there a difference?
Does the picture convey an overall mood? What is -
and why do you reach this conclusion?
Documentary and Fantasy: Two Approaches
Come Together
Describe which elements are documentary and which
are purely imaginary.
Is there religious imagery? Where? What might
this mean?
ROMARE BEARDEN
The Block 97
Thinking about Form
and
Color
The painting is eighteen feet wide, made up of six
separate panels. Pace this out on the floor in order to
understand the scale. What
do
you think the effect of
scale is on the concept behind this work?
Is the color naturalistic (does it look the way our eye
sees images in the world at large)? Why or why not?
e specific. Then describe the effect created by deviating
from naturalistic colors.
Describe the rhythm created by the varying shapes and
sizes of the forms of buildings and of windows. Romare
Bearden thought very carefully about such concerns, and
he believed in links between jazz music
and
these visual
effects. He talked about Earl Hines s music, for example.
Is this a valid connection? If so, describe how.
This collage of cut paper and photographic images juxta
poses images in different scales. Find examples of such
images and describe how Bearden mixes divergent sizes
or scales.
In
particular, look at the scene shown in the
window of the magenta building with the liquor sign.
Is a special mood achieved because of the play on scale?
If so, describe it.
Look for images that appear in black-and-white
rather than in color. Describe an example within
this composition.
II7
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 127/191
SOME POINTS
TO
CONSIDER
• Each element of the composition is rendered
in
a
unique scale; relative proportions are completely
ou t
of
alignment.
m s
os nquist
American, b. 933
House
ire
9
8
Oil on canvas, 78 x 198 in.
Purchase, Arthur Hoppock
Hearn
Fund, George
A
Hearn
Fund,
and Lila
Acheson Wallace Gift, 1982
1982·90.1a-c
NOTES ABOUT
THIS
WORK
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 128/191
• The individual elements do not coalesce into a
unified scenario. Assembled improbably, the
motifs suggest metaphorical meaning rather than
a specific narrative story.
• Images symbolize some aspects
of modern
American society: the interplay of violence,
passion, commerce, domesticity,
an d
industry.
Each element of this large picture is painted
in
a straight
forward, illusionistic style that makes it
seem
convincing.
Yet the overall impression is mysterious, since the
individual fragments refuse to coalesce into a rational
or unified scenario.
In this strange interior view, people are absent; we can
no t pi n down a specific human narrative to recount. On
the left, Rosenquist has painted a brown paper bag stuffed
with produce, eggs, an d bread. This is a sign
of
routine,
everyday domestic life. But
he
has painted the image
upside down. Even though he renders the
motif
in an illu
sionistic manner it defies the law
of
gravity; nothing is
falling out
of
the bag.
The central image brings into this picture an element
drawn from the world
of
industry. A heavy-duty bucket of
molten steel enters the scene through a partially opened,
ordinary window, its blinds
half
raised. The bucket is re d
hot; it radiates
an
aura
of
blinding white light.
At the painting s right, the entire panel is filled with
oversized lipsticks, each with its cover removed
an d
its red
or orange tube fully extended. The tubes create an aggres
sive diagonal thrust that reaches across a third of the com
position. They take
on
a passionate, phallic quality, with an
implied sense
of
sex, violence, or threat. These lipsticks are
highly reminiscent
of an
advertisement: a close-up view
of
multiple commodities
meant
to attract a
modern
con
sumer s
attention. Speaking about another work
of
art,
Rosenquist referred to his own personal reaction as
an
individual to th e heavy ideas of mass media an d communi
cation. Perhaps we can find reverberations
of
that senti
m en t i n
House
ire where simple lipsticks-now ou t
of
their usual contexts
of
a glossy advertisement
or
a
makeup
counter
or
a
woman s hand-are transformed
into
metaphors for violence an d sex.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 129/191
What
do the three motifs have
in
common? s there
any way to explain their being together
in
this work?
Even as we ask ourselves these questions, we have to con
sider the opposite line of inquiry as well. What has
Rosenquist done to keep
the
motifs from gelling into a
unified scene
and
to reinforce the dissonances between
the images? This
monumental
work comprises three sep
arate canvases joined together. When it hangs in the gal
leries, the edges separating each canvas are visible.
Perhaps that s one clue as to how we can confront
the
imagery and derive meaning from it. Like a series of free
associations, the images are loosely linked yet never
forced to blend together seamlessly.
Scale is another critical issue. One reason the sepa
rate parts resist
our
attempts to see
them
as a unified
whole is that the art is t renders each image in a different
scale.
The huge
lipsticks dwarf the bucket and the bag of
groceries, which are themselves unnatural in their rela
tive proportions. Whole motifs and fragments collide in
strange juxtapositions of size and context.
Many art historians look to Rosenquist s background
for insights into how he developed this particular sensi
bility toward scale. Starting out as a young artist, Rosen
quist worked as a professional billboard painter. He
describes a typical experience: was a real worker.
They d say OK, James, you re going out to the Mayfair
2
Theater and paint a boy and his dog seventy-five feet
long. So I d get
the
material, take
the
elevator
up
to the
tenth floor and climb out onto the ironwork, mix the
paint up on the roof, step right out the window (there
was nothing there) to the edge
of
the sign, which went
down about seven stories, stick my leg out around the
edge
and
onto the scaffold and start to work. Perhaps
there are some parallels between this early experience
and the pictures that followed: a sense of cropping and
scale, a feel for
the monumental
fragment. Perfectly
smooth, almost slick, the surface shows no sign of the
artist s brushstrokes or the tactility
of
the paint. This
creates
an
overall feeling
of
anonymity, which is
reinforced by the imagery.
ous ire captures our attention with its fiery col
oration and its large, heroic size. The work is filled with
contradictions in scale and context that suggest meta
phors rather than specific stories. Because
of
their dis
placements, familiar images became symbols for some
attributes of
modem
American society: the assertiveness
of advertising, pervasive violence. the role of passion, and
the interplay bewteen domestic life and the world of
industry. Separately, the various images convey their own
conventional meaning; taken together, they convey mean
ing that remains open to each viewer s interpretation.
JAMES
ROSENQUIST
House
ire 1981
STRATEGIES FOR DISCUSSION
Making Sense of This Scenario
Take a few minutes to describe exactly
what
you see in
each section of this painting
How Is This Painting Made: Looking at Form
The painting measures approximately sixteen and one-
half feet wide Pace the width out on the floor of your
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 130/191
Do you have any
information that
places
the
scene
in t ime
or
space?
Is any
human
action shown? Is this significant? Why
or
why not?
Think about whether the various elements have anything
in
common.
Why do you think Rosenquist might have pu t
these images together
in o ne
painting?
Why is
the
bag
of
groceries upside down?
Under what circumstances might you f ind so many
lipsticks together? Does this barrage of tubes
remind
you
of
the kind of
images often used
in
advertising? If so
describe
the
parallels
What point
do you
think
Rosen-
quist is making?
The
Power of Scale
an d
Proportion
Consider the relative scale of the elements Is the scale
true to life? If not describe the ways Rosenquist has
altered the expected or
standard
scale
What is the effect
of
this play on scale? Do you think that
the
artist is using scale to suggest
meaning?
If so try to
pu t this meaning in words
JAMES
ROSENQUIST
House
ire
1981
classroom Do you
think
overall size is important in
considering the
meaning
of
this work? Why
and
how?
This work is comprised
of three
separate panels hung
adjacent to on e
another on
a wall You may
be
able to
make out the edges between the individual panels
Do you think that using this form which is called a
triptych has any meaning here? Describe the meaning.
Do
the
images
overlap extending from
one
panel to
the
next? Are they
kept
completely separate?
Describe the overall coloration Does color carry any
emotional
meaning?
Describe it
Metaphorical
Meaning
Without trying to
impose upon
this picture a
made up
narrative story consider
the
symbolic
meaning that
is
conveyed
through
the juxtaposition
of the
different
images
in
this
one
work
What
is your personal interpreta-
tion of
the
underlying meaning of this painting?
121
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 131/191
SOME
POINTS TO CONSIDER
• Red Grooms was inspired by an event he read
about in a newspaper.
• Taking that anecdote as a point of departure for
ed rooms
American,
b
1937
hance ncounter at
M
19
8
4
Oil on canvas, 100 x
155
in.
Purchase, Mr.
and
Mrs. Wolfgang Schoenborn Gift, 1984
19
8
4
1
9
NOTES ABOUT THIS WORK
Red Grooms is an interpreter of urban America with a
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 132/191
this composition,
he
blends both accurate details
and fantasy.
• Grooms plays around with basic proportions
of
human
anatomy,
and
he poses his figures
in
humorous ways. The facial expressions too are
amusing. Through such elements, plus his focus
on
certain anecdotal details, Grooms infuses the
work with wit and humor.
humorous
touch.
hance ncounter at
3
M
represents his
fantasy about the first meeting by
chance of
two well-
known and highly influential artists whom Grooms greatly
admired: Mark Rothko and Willem de Kooning.
Grooms painted this work after reading an article about
de Kooning in the magazine section of The New York Times
(November 20, 1983). The article notes de Kooning s
insomnia, which often resulted in early morning walks.
Apparently,
during
one such walk, de Kooning first
met
his fellow painter Mark Rothko (also an insomniac) on a
bench in New York s Washington Square park. Each dis-
covered that the other was a painter, and that their work
shared some profound commonalities. The two became
friends and associates whose breakthroughs
in
painting
really did change the course of art history. To Grooms,
Rothko and de Kooning were towering figures: great
modern masters whose work Grooms admired and learned
from as he developed his own style. Grooms used a
reference in a newspaper story as a point of departure
for this large tribute.
On the one hand, Grooms depicts a scene that is
accurate and true
in
its documentary detail. New York s
Washington Square park is unmistakable; the distinctive
arch, the statue of Italian hero Garibaldi, the street lamps,
and the park bench all root the painting in this particular
locale. This
encounter
actually took place
during
the 1930s,
bu t
Grooms thought it had taken place in the 1950s, and
he includes elements from that decade. Notice the 1950s
cars and the newspapers in the
trash
can in the lower left,
their headlines referring to the Korean War and a meeting
between United States President Eisenhower and his
Russian counterpart, Nikita Khrushchev. In the fore-
ground, a matchbox from the Cedar Street Tavern links
12
3
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 133/191
The Irascibles photograph
by
Nina
Leen
1950
published in
Life January
15
1951 Rothko
is
furthest right
on
bottom row
De
Kooning
is
furthest
left
on
top row
this scenario to the art world
of
that time; the C edar
Street Tavern was a favorite hangout
of
de Kooning and
Jackson Pollock among others.
Grooms couples his documentary impulse with
an
idealizing vision tempered
by
fantasy and humor. Who
is that ethereal creature hovering above the park bench
in the night sky? She is obviously a figment of Grooms s
imagination: an angelic modern-day muse resembling
a society patron in her cocktail dress and pearls who
benevolently watches over the scene below. The exuber
ant purple mountain range just visible
as
a backgound
element is entirely fictional. The proportions of the
fig-
ures including t he dog a t t he l ow er right are exagger
ated cartoonlike. Their heads appear oversized in
12
4
relation to their bodies which creates an amusing effect
that permeates the entire composition. Grooms captures
the
moment
just before the two men make contact; each
man
surreptitiously glances at the other. The two artists
wariness is evident
in
their facial expressions and body
postures. But these men look silly not serious and they
make us chuckle.
Inspired by a straightforward account of an actual
event Grooms renders his own interpretation of the sce
nario inflected with wit and fantasy. The painting serves
as
a tribute
to
two men the artist greatly admired and at
the same time we see that it s a silly caricature. Grooms
shows
us
t ha t art can be
humorous
even though it
might
stern from serious impulses.
RED GROOMS
Chance Encounter at 3 A M 98
STRATEGIES FOR
DISCUSSION
Figuring Out What s Happening in This Picture
Is
it easy to determine where this scene takes place?
What specific details identify the location?
Humor
Is there anything in this composition that makes you
laugh? What is amusing about this picture?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 134/191
How exactly do
we kn ow w ha t t im e it is
How can we tell
if
the scene is contemporary or set
in the past?
What clues help us determine the identity of the two
men
on the park bench?
o
you think they know each other? Why or why not?
What is Grooms s attitude toward these two men?
Does he like or dislike them? C an you make any
judgments based upon what you see in the painting?
Grooms s Inspiration:
A Documentary Impulse versus Fantasy
Red Grooms read a newspaper story about the chance
meeting of the two
me n
on the park bench and he
was inspired to make this painting.
Which elements
of
the picture seem totally unreal
in your view?
What is the relationship between reality and fantasy?
Why do you think Red Grooms is blending the two
approaches here?
RED GROOMS hance
ncounter
at 3 A M
98
Think about body postures anatomical proportions odd
facial expressions and other issues that contribute to a
sense of levity. How do these elements work together
in
your opinion to evoke humor?
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 135/191
SOME POINTS TO CONSIDER
• This self-portrait conceals as much as it reveals.
The camouflage design indicates that we will
not be able to make a deep psychological or
character analysis.
Andy
Warhol
American
1930-1987
st Self ortrait
9
86
Acrylic and silkscreen on canvas
80
x
80
in.
Purchase Mrs. Vera
G
List Gift
1987
9
8
7
88
NOTES ABOUT THIS WORK
This hovering disembodied head is a self-portrait of Andy
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 136/191
• Warhol painted celebrities
and
was famous him
self.
In
one sense the painting is a study of fame
and the dehumanizing impersonal nature of the
modern
consumer
society that generates
and
sus
tains celebrity status.
• Disembodying the head removes the portrait from
an everyday context and gives it an ethereal other
worldly quality.
• Warhol used photomechanical printing processes
in his work adapting techniques used for commer
cial purposes to a fine art context.
Warhol
an
artist who
among
other things became well
known for his pictures
of
celebrities: strangely uninflected
records
of
fame
in
twentieth-century society. The images
tell us about the engines that drive fame media exploita
tion mass consumerism and mass production rather
than about the individuals represented. Warhol said In
the future everybody will be world famous for fifteen min
utes. Elizabeth Taylor Elvis Presley Marilyn Monroe
Mao Tse-tung John
F
Kennedy
and
Jacqueline Kennedy
Onassis are just a few of the rich and famous that Warhol
depicted again and again. He himself was a celebrity
whose own
face and
identity became
a potent icon
of mass culture.
In this work Warhol shows himselfwith his character
istic wig a conspicuous shock of obviously artificial
unkempt silver hair. When we see that hairpiece we
immediately recognize the subject. But do we know any
thing about him? The facial expression yields nothing. The
overall impression indicates detachment indifference to
emotion. The head floats against a dark blank back
ground; it is a pallid expressionless face unrooted to a
body and therefore strangely
inhuman.
Warhol is the
observer not the observed.
As
the great chronicler
of
mod
ern times he sees us more clearly than we see him. As if
to drive
home
the point Warhol paints a camouflage
design across this canvas a signal to us the viewers that
this
ma n
is in disguise
and he
wants to remain unknown.
The image
of
the face is created through silkscreen
a photomechanical process developed for commercial
printing like printing techniques used for magazines or
advertisements. The artist has stepped outside the world of
accepted fine art techniques to appropriate a
method
drawn from an entirely different context. Warhol divorces
12
7
himself
from the standard notions
of
what constitutes
f ine art: a sense of the work as being handmade, or hav-
ing tactile qualities. We are two steps removed from that
conventional ideal; the image derives first from a photo-
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 137/191
graph, which is
then
further transformed
through the
mechanical silkscreen process.
In a strange twist on the expected, this portrait con-
ceals as
much
as it reveals. An image
of
a known individ-
ual-seemingly
straightforward, completely recogniz-
able-remains in the end impenetrable. Warhol resolute-
denied that his work could have moral or philosophical
implications.
He
said,
I f
you
want
to know all about
Andy Warhol,
just
look at the surface:
of
my
paintings
and
films
and
me,
and
there I am. There s
nothing
behind it. Yet we are tempted to go further
than
Warhol
might
condone; this work makes
us
question the impersonal nature
of modern
times
in
a
consumer society.
8
ANDY
WARHOL Last Self Portrait 98
STRATEGIES FOR DISCUSSION
The Subject: Self Portraiture
Here the artist has depicted his own face How much-
or little does he reveal about himself?
Composition: Looking at Formal Attributes
Describe the background and then give meanings that
might be drawn from it
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 138/191
Does the facial expression provide any insight into his
character or his thoughts?
Can
we
learn anything through body language or gesture?
s there any information in the background that would
help you understand who this individual is or what he
stands for?
How is the head positioned in
space?
What is the significance
of
the camouflage design
that overlays the face?
The artist depicts his face in gray tones rather than
in full color What is the possible meaning of this?
NDY W RHOL ast
lf
Portrait
98
How is this head positioned on the canvas? Centrally?
Frontally? Give possible reasons why Warhol decided
to place it s he did
s the head attached to a body? Is there any possible
significance to the fact that there is no evidence of a
body here?
Thinking about Medium: Painting versus Silk Screen
Warhol used two techniques
in
this composition: painting
with acrylic paints and a printmaking technique called silk-
screen Silkscreen printing was developed for commercial
use Why would this artist incorporate printmaking tech-
niques into a painting? Propose some possible meanings
2
9
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 139/191
SOME
POINTS
TO CONSIDER
• This work is based upon ancient Asian traditions
as well as modern European and American ideas; it
is a rich blend
of
cultural
and
artistic associations.
and
sarnu oguchi
American,
9°4 988
ter ton
9
Basalt, h.
25
in.,
w
in.
Purchase, Anonymous Gift,
1987
9
NOTES OUT THIS WORK
Isamu Noguchi said, To be modern does not
mean
to
copy,
bu t
to be yourselves, to look to your own roots. The
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 140/191
• In Japanese gardens, specially placed stones
water-filled basins have carried profound symbolic
meaning since ancient times. Noguchi's use
of
stone and water in Water Stone refers directly to
these longstanding cultural traditions.
• Rich in meaning, stone suggests cosmic origins
because the material itselfholds a record of the
immense span of geologic time.
• Many elements
of
Water Stone relate to principles
of
yin
and yang the
dynamic balancing
of
oppo
sites. Consider the
mediums of
water
and
stone as
polarities that are brought into balance here. Think
about the placement
of
these garden elements and
the way this brings together the inside
and
the out
side-symbolically. Rough
and
smooth, wet
and
dry,
sound
(the trickling as the water flows)
and
silence are some other dynamic opposites that
Noguchi explores here.
See Noguchi video included in the Resource for Educators
For
writings by Noguchi see ppendix p 161
son
of
a Japanese poet
and an
American writer, Noguchi
lived
in
both Japan
and the
United States at various times
in
his life and traveled extensively through Asia and
Europe, always engaged
in
intensive study. This artist
created a
unique and modern art
form that draws
extensively
on
the legacy
of
ancient Asian traditions
and
assimilates twentieth-century European art developments.
Water Stone
is directly linked to philosophical, spiritual,
aesthetic, and cultural issues central to life
and
history
in
Japan. Earliest human traces
in
Japan show a consistent
pattern of people marking their existence by selection and
placement of stones perhaps an expression of the sacred
attained
through
a focus
on
beauty.
By
the
time
of written
records, the practice
of
placing notable stones
in
gardens
associated with both
homes and
temples was long estab
lished.
Water Stone
is part
of
this tradition.
A central idea
behind
the
use
of stones
in
a Japanese
garden concerns linking the natural world with a
human-
made environment. In a Japanese home, you might first
walk through a room and
then
encounter a garden; you see
the natural world only after experiencing the interior set
ting. Another central idea is the incorporation
of
water
in
gardens; the flowing or trickling water makes a
sound
that
is integral to the experience.
Hearing
the garden (its flow
ing water) before seeing it, you make a gradual transition:
from the everyday world to an
inner
world of the spirit, as
represented
in
the garden design. Many gardens include
stone basins
that
collect water
that
has
been
diverted from
a special
mountain
stream. As a guest, you
might
be invit
ed to refresh
and
purify yourself from such basins.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 141/191
Th e general issues noted above are very much present
in
Water Stone
a work
of
art designed especially for the
Museum s gallery ofJapanese art. s in a traditional
Japanese garden, visitors to the Museum may hear the
sound
of
water trickling before they catch their first
glimpse of this sculpture. s they approach the work, vis
itors see the stone on the other side of the slatted wooden
screen that situates the piece in the
Museum s
gallery.
This evokes the traditional idea of walking through an
interior (human-made) setting to encounter an element
of
the natural world. We have to think about seeing this
work as a process that occurs over time.
With his practiced and selective eye, the artist careful
ly selected the stone itself. For Noguchi, finding the right
form in nature is critical. A particularly resonant materi
al, rich with symbolic meaning, stone represents a record
of geologic time. Noguchi equated the material with ideas
about cosmic origins: The evidence of geologic time was
its l ink to
ou r
world s creation.
The ancient principles of yin and
yang-the
dynamic
balancing of opposites-underlie the entire work. For
instance, water an d rock are brought together here, just
2
s they come together in a traditional Japanese garden.
This stone is both a basic (primal) natural form and a
human-made one. Noguchi has integrated the two ends
of the spectrum by combining both rough and smooth,
carved and raw. Some sides of the work are carefully pol
ished to a glossy surface while others are left rough.
Notice how the surfaces react under light: one surface
will reflect light while another seems to absorb it.
Noguchi takes the idea of a traditional garden basin
an d changes it. In a traditional garden basin, the water
flows down into the receptacle. Here the reverse occurs.
The water rises up, its source at the stone s center. The
flow of the water is controlled so that it creates a shim
mering skin on the rock s surface. To reinforce the sym
bolic meaning of the work, the basalt rock rests on a bed
of
white stones that were taken from the Ise River near
the site of one
of
Japan s most sacred Shinto shrines.
Water Stone combines together into one eloquent
visual statement a rich blend
of
cultural
an d
artistic asso
ciations. Noguchi found original means to adapt tradi
tional principles and establish his own unique vocabulary
of
visual signs and symbols.
ISAMU
NOGUCHI Water Stone 987
STRATEGIES FOR DI SCUSSI ON
Approaching This Sculpture as an Environment
We have included three slides of this work, because one
slide alone cannot adequately convey the experience of
seeing it. First, look at the distant view of the sculpture.
Take a minute to describe what you see
in
this slide,
being as complete as possible.
One aspect of Noguchi s use of stones relates to how they
were formed by the earth and what they suggest to us
about time. Having said that, can you discuss what stones
might suggest here?
You have to look closely to get a sense
of
Noguchi s use
of
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 142/191
What materials did Noguchi choose for this work?
Does the large black stone
lon
make up this sculpture?
Are the small white stones that the dark one sits upon
an integral part of the sculpture? How about the wooden
screen that frames your view of the piece?
Is the setting itself significant? Try to define its role.
Does it make a difference to your understanding of this
work to know that Noguchi created it especially for the
Museum, an d that he designed it for this specific loca-
tion? What-exactly-is the difference in your view?
Th e Symbolic Meaning
of
Materials an d Form
Now project the other two slides of this sculpture.
How much has Noguchi changed the form of the large
dark stone-if at
all? Is
it natural or human made? If you
decide that he has reshaped part of the stone b ut n ot all of
it
please describe which part is which. Now consider why
he might have done so.
Do you think that natural materials have a layer
of
meaning that relates to their origins? For instance, the
white stones were taken from the Ise River, which is
near one
ofJapan s
most sacred Shinto shrines. What
significance can we assign to these materials?
ISAMU
NOGUCHI Water Stone 987
water in this work. At the top of the dark stone, a pool has
trickled up from the stone s core, and it forms a smooth,
glistening skin over the top surface.
also flows over
some
of the stone s sides. It s important to know that
Noguchi has made the water flow in a precise way
Obviously, you cannot hear the work when you look at i t
through slides; even so, use your imagination to consider
whether the work has any sounds associated with it.
Describe the sound and analyze whether it plays a part in
this work, and what its effect and its meaning might be.
Now think back to your initial discussions, when you
listed the materials this sculpture s materials. Would
you add sound
to that list?
The Dynamic Balancing
of
Opposites: Yin
an d
Yang
Ancient principles of yin and yang-the dynamic
balancing ofopposites-are embedded
in
this work in
many different ways and contribute to its meaning.
Describe how Noguchi has integrated different kinds
of opposites
in
this work. Be as specific as you can
an d note as many different kinds of oppositions as
you see here.
Did you list water and rock? Why are they opposite?
How are they integrated here? How about rough an d
smooth, polished and raw, natural and human made?
Be specific.
One kind of opposition relates to Japanese traditions in
garden design for both houses and temples: the dynamic
interaction between inside an d outside. Describe how this
concept relates to the sculpture.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 143/191
SOME POINTS
TO CONSIDER
• Chuck Close explores here issues of visual percep
tion, including the differences between the way the
human
eye sees
an d
the way a camera records
information.
Chucl< Close
American, b
1940
uc s
9
86
-
8
7
Oil and pencil on canvas,
100
x
84
in.
Purchase,
Lila
Acheson Wallace Gift an d Gift
of
Arnold
an d
Milly Glimcher,
1987
9
8
7
282
NOTES ABOUT THIS
WORK
This image looks completely straightforward, a banal head
shot like photographs
on
ID cards. But this work
of
art
measures more than eight feet high; Close has meticulous
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 144/191
• The image
in
the painting originated in a photo
graph rather
than
a series of sittings by the subject.
Close transfers the visual information from the
small photograph to the large canvas by hand,
using a grid.
• The art is predicated upon rigorous constraints-
systems to
which Chuck Close adheres.
ly hand painted a monumental canvas. Because of its large
scale, uc s rivets the viewer s attention in the Museum s
galleries. Its unprepossessing matter-of-factness actually
provides a rich arena for exploring questions about realism
in the art of the twentieth century.
A huge face confronts us; it seems to be pushed very
close to the surface, in
ou r
face. The face is placed cen
trally on this canvas; it is symmetrical, frontal, an d posi
t ioned with little empty room to spare at the top
an d
sides.
This rigorous positioning of the figure s head within the
confines
of
the canvas is systematic. Close wants to devel
op specific, self-imposed limitations or conditions for his
art. He s not about to get sidetracked from th e issues that
he deems important by playing around with different
poses or body postures or gestures.
The painting is based on a photograph rather than a
series
of
live sittings. Close takes the photograph
of
his
subject. Using enlarging methods that date back centuries,
the artist
then
transfers the image from the small photo
graph onto the large canvas.
He
marks the small photo
graph with a grid pattern; he also overlays his large canvas
with a proportionately larger grid. T he n h e meticulously
transfers the information positioned within the small grid
to the larger one.
He
gets a very precise record
of
the pho
tograph
he
started with, yet he uses hand-made, low-tech
methods.
Within the basic grid, each small square is very dynam
ic: abstract, lush, blobs of bright color. If you stand very
close to the painting, the whole composition looks highly
abstract. The image breaks apart, an d you can hardly tell
that it is representational, let alone realistic.
When
you
5
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 145/191
Studyfor
Lucas, 1987,
Photograph and pencil
and tape pasted
on
cardboard 29 x
24
in ift
of
Leslie and huck
Close
1987 1987 329
stand back a few feet, the splotches of color coalesce into
a highly polished image that reads like an enormous
photograph.
Close explores the difference between the way the
human eye sees things and how a camera sees. In every-
day experience, our vision compensates for various in-
congruities, making allowances that help us see things
clearly. For instance, we can see a whole field
of
vision
in
equal focus, even though objects within
our
frame of
vision might be at various distances and therefore differ-
en t
degrees of focus. Our eyes make adjustments so that
the impression is basically stable and clear. But a camera
focuses on one point, letting all other areas fall out of
focus. f a camera is held very close to a person s face, for
example, the nose (which would be closer to the lens)
might be in sharp focus while the eyes or
mouth
or the
ears would be blurred. Seeing an image in which the
spectrum of focus is fully apparent is disorienting,
because we want to be able to resolve the focus. Close has
referred to this kind
of
visual experience as sharp focus
data within a sandwich of blur. By stepping away from
the normal expectations of visual perception, Close cre-
ates a highly abstracted
image so
real that is has
become unreal.
The subject is the artist Lucas Samaras, a friend of
the painter. Chuck Close paints only friends
and
family
members. He doesn t care
if
we recognize the sitter
because this is not a portrait in the conventional sense.
For all its specificity, the painting is more about issues
of visual perception and artistic systems than i t is about
likeness or psychological interpretation
of
the sitter.
Close said, My main objective is to translate photograph-
ic
information into paint information. n the process he
transforms a snapshot into an icon.
U K
LOSE Lucas
986 87
STR TEGIES FOR
IS USSION
The Subject Portraiture
Think about the choices an artist makes in composing a
picture . In a p ortrait h e or she mig ht show p art or all of
the body or depict telling postures.
What has Chuck Close decided to omit here and what
Thinking about Technique
Project the slide
of
the e ntir e ima ge a nd the n look a t the
detail a close-up view. This will give you a sense
of
what
it s like to look at the painting from a distance and from
closer up.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 146/191
has he included?
Does the
way
the image is positioned on the canvas
communicate anything? What?
Does this
painting completelyhandmade resemble
a
photograph in any way? How? What kind of photograph?
Now consider the size
of
this painting: more than eight
feet high. Does its size change its effect or meaning?
How?
HU KCLOSE, ucas 986 87
Describe the different effects of seeing the distant view
and the detailed, closer view. Be specific.
On the detail slide, notice that the composition is divided
into a grid. A similar grid was placed over
an
actual
photograph much smaller in size). The artist then estab
lished a concordance so that the information in the
photograph could be transcribed onto the painting. Why,
in your opinion, would the artist choose to use such a
time-consuming and labor-intensive process, when faster
and simpler mechanical methods exist?
Chuck Close establishes systems that he adheres
to
in
making his art. For example, size, placement, shape,
and methods are all determined
in
advance. Propose
your views
on
why he would develop and stick to such
a rigorous, systematic approach to making art.
7
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 147/191
SOME POINTS TO
CONSIDER
• Kiefer s work constitutes a rich blend of references,
including recent history, the distant past, poetry,
and literature, that reflects a number of different
cultures and languages.
• The paint is highly textured, almost sculptural.
ns lm
iefer
German, b. 1945
Bohemia Lies
by
the Sea
199
6
Oil, emulsion, shellac, charcoal,
and
powdered
paint
on
burlap. Two panels, each
75
1 4 x
11 0
2
in.
Overall:
75
x 22 1 in.
Purchase, Lila
Acheson Wallace Gift
and
Joseph H.
Hazen
Foundation Purchase Fund, 1997
1997-4
a
,b
NOTES
ABOUT THIS WORK
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 148/191
The palpable texture plus the heightened perspec
tive of the centrally positioned road draw us into
the picture.
• The title describes
an
impossible situation, because
Bohemia is landlocked; Kiefer s Bohemia is imagi
nary, a place beyond ordinary geography. This title
relates to two texts: a poem, Bohemia
Lies
by the
Sea by the Austrian writer Ingeborg Bachmann,
about a longing for utopia; and The Winter s Tale a
play by Shakespeare.
Bachmann s poem is reprinted in the Appendix
P 165
Kiefer s paintings
present
a world of dense, varied refer
ences; metaphors invite each viewer to
ponder
personal
interpretations
rather than
to accept preestablished truths.
Kiefer writes about reciprocal action, the interplay
between a work
of
art
and each viewer. He says, There
are so
many
ideas afloat, any ofthem could have triggered
the work of art.
In
considering Bohemia Lies
by the
Sea
think
about layers of references: to history (both the recent
and
distant past), mythology, poetry,
and
literature of a
number of cultures,
in
a variety of languages.
An expansive, unpopulated landscape unfolds before
us. Central to this large picture is a rutted country road,
pitched at a s teep angle
and
leading
up
to a very
high
hori
zon line.
When
you
stand in
front
of
this very large paint
ing, it
seems
as
though
you can almost walk r ight into
the
picture; that s how palpable the sense
of
perspective
and
materiality are. The feeling also relates to
the
relative size
of the viewer
and
the painting, proportioned so that the
two worlds collide.
The texture
of
the
paint itselfis almost sculptural in
effect. The surface is deliberately cracked
in
places; it
resembles physically not
just
illusionistically a
cracked
road or field. Kiefer is endlessly inventive
in
his methods
of
applying paint to the canvas
and in
adding substances to
plain paint in order to change its texture and other physi
cal attributes; sand, straw,
and
lead are fair game. To cre
ate further surface play,
he
shellacs
some
areas of
the
painting to make them shiny; other spots are
unvarnished
and
appear dull.
39
The fields on either side of the road depicted here are
sprinkled with poppies. Kiefer painted the flowers by
Perhaps Bachmann is exploring the concept ofbor-
ders and limits. Exactly how are such limits imposed
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 149/191
first applying thick white paint to the canvas, followed
by
a thinner coat
of
red. The two colors mix to create the
pink poppies. Drips
of
red paint are left visible, remind-
ing us of drips of blood that have dried over time. Pop-
pies have been a symbol of sleep, dreaming, and death
since antiquity. In modern times, poppies have been
associated with World War I and death on the battlefield.
A line from John McCrae s famous poem
of
9 5 reads:
We shall
not
sleep, though poppies grow in Flanders
fields.
The ermantitle of the painting Bohmen liegt m
Meer appears
in two places: at the horizon line and
again alongside the road (shown vertically).
It
is the title
of a work
by
Austrian poet Ingeborg Bachmann that
explores the poignant longing for a utopia that can never
be attained.
In
one stanza, Bachmann writes:
Bohemia still
lies
by the sea I ll believe in the sea.
nd i I believe in the sea I can hope for land.
To close the poem, she writes:
I border like little else on everything more nd more
a m n
from
Bohemia a vagrant a player
who has nothing
nd whom
nothing holds
granted only by a questionable
sea
to gaze at the land
of
my
choice.
upon us
as
human beings? Borders that demarcate one
thing from another might be natural ones (such
as
rivers
or mountains), or simply political or historical constructs
(such as a country s frontier). Must we accept all such
boundaries? Maybe a poet (Bachmann) can dream of
bridging seemingly impassable borders, and a painter
(Kiefer) can create visual metaphors for those same
dreams.
The words Bohemia lies by the sea also offer an
allusion
to
Shakespeare s play The Winter s Tale. Both
Bachmann and Kiefer consciously draw
on
this reference,
the origin of words that later reverberate for both poet
and painter. In The Winter s Tale act 3 scene 3 is set
on
the seacoast of Bohemia. The former kingdom of
Bohemia, however, was a landlocked country in central
Europe; it could never have been
by
the sea. Shake-
speare s Bohemia is an imaginary place beyond our
ordinary sense of geography, a vision in which the extra-
ordinary becomes possible.
Kiefer has been described
as
a poet in paint. His
works are rich, complex enterprises, filled with intellec-
tual and historical associations.
At
the same time, the
works have an extraordinary, palpable presence as hand-
wrought paintings.
NS LM KI F R ohemia
Lies
by the Sea 1996
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 150/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 151/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 152/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 153/191
enri atisse
ot s
inter
A painter who addresses the public not just in
order to present his works, but to reveal some
of
his ideas on the a rt of painting, exposes
himself
to several dangers.
In the first place, knowing that many people
like to think
of
painting as an appendage oflit
erature and therefore want it to express not
W ha t I am after, above all, is.expression.
Sometimes it has been conceded that I have
a certain technical ability but that all the
same my ambition is limited, and does not go
beyond the purelyvisual satisfaction such as
can be obtained from looking at a picture.
But the thought of a painter must not be con
canvas to another larger one
must
conceive it
anew
in
order to preserve its expression;
he
must alter its character and not just square
it
up
onto the larger canvas.
Both harmonies
and
dissonances of colour
can produce agreeable effects. Often when I
start to work I record fresh and superficial sen
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 154/191
general ideas suited to pictorial means,
but
specifically literaryideas, I fear that one will
look with astonishment upon the painter who
ventures to invade the domain of the literary
man.
As
a matter
of
fact, I am fully aware that
a painter s best spokesman is his work.
However, such painters as Signac, Desval
lieres, Denis, Blanch, Guerin and Bernard
have written
on
such matters and been well
received by various periodicals. Personally, I
shall simply y to state my feelings and aspira
tions as a painter without worrying about
the writing.
But now I foresee the danger of appearing
to contradict myself. I feel very stronglythe tie
between my earlier and my recent works,
but
I
do
not
think exactly the way I thought yester
day. Or rather, my basic has not changed,
but my thought has evolved, and my modes
of
expression have followed my thoughts. I do
not repudiate.any of my paintings but there is
not one
of
them that I would not redo differ
ently, if I had i t to redo. My destination is
always the same
but
I work
out
a different
route to get there.
Finally,
if
I mention the
of
this or tha t
artist
it
will be to point out how our manne rs
differ, and
it
may se em tha t I am belittling his
work. Thus I risk being accused
of
injustice
towards painters whose aims and results I best
understand, or whose accomplishments I most
appreciate, whereas I will have used them as
examples, not to establish my superiority over
them, but to show more clearly, through what
they have done, what I am attempting to do.
sidered as separate from his pictorial means,
for the thought is w orth no more than its
expression by the means, which must be more
complete and by complete I do not mean
complicated) the deeper is his thought. I
am
unable to distinguish between the feeling I
have about life and myway
of
translating it.
Expression, for me, does
not
reside
in
pas
sions glowing
in
a
human
face or manifested
by violent movement. The entire arrangement
of
my picture is expressive: the place occupied
bythe figures, the empty spaces aroundthem,
the proportions, everything has its share. Com
position is the art
of
arranging in a decorative
manner the diverse elements at the painter s
command to express his feelings.
In
a picture
every part will be visible and will play its
appointed role, whether it be principal or sec
ondary. Everything that is not useful
in
the pic
ture is,
it
follows, harmful. A work of art must
be harmonious in its entirety: any superfluous
detail would replace some other essential
detail in the mind of the spectator.
Composition, the aim of which should be
expression, is modified according to the sur
face to be covered. If I take a she et of paper of
a given size, my drawing will have a necessary
relationship to its format. I would not repeat
this drawing
on
another sheet
of
different pro
portions, for example, rectangular instead of
square. Norshould I be satisfied with a mere
enlargement,
had I to tra nsfe rthe dra wing to a
sheet the same shape, but ten times larger. A
drawing must have an expansive force which
gives life to the things around it. An artist who
wants to transpose a composition from one
sations during the first session. A few years
ago I was sometimes satisfiedwith the result.
But today
if
I were satisfied with this, now that
I think I can see further, my picture would
have a vagueness
in
it: I should have recorded
the fugitive sensations of a
moment
which
could not completely define my feelings and
which I should barely recognize the next day.
I w ant to rea ch tha t sta te
of
condensation
of
sensations which makes a painting. I might
be satisfied with a work done at one sitting,
but I would soon tire
of
it; therefore, I prefer
to rew ork it so tha tla te r I may rec ognize it as
representative
of
my state
of
mind. There was
a time when I never left my paintings hanging
on
the wall because they reminded me of
moments of over-excitement and I did not like
to see them again when I was calm. Nowadays
I
y
to put serenity into my pictures
and
rework them as l on g a s I have not succeeded.
Suppose I want to paint a woman s body:
first
of
all I imbue it with grace and charm,
but
I kn ow t ha t I must give something more.
I will condense the meaning
of
this bodyby
seeking its essential lines. The charm will be
less apparent at first glance, but
it
must even
tually emerge from the new image which will
have a broader meaning, one more fully
human The charm will be less striking since
itwill not be the sole quality of the painting,
but it will not exist less for its being contained
within the general conception of
the figure.
Charm, lightness,
freshness such
fleeting
sensations. I have a canvas
on
which the
colours are still fresh and I begin to work on it
again. The tone will
no
doubt become duller.
4
I will rep la ce my o rigina l ton e with o ne of
greater density
an
improvement
but
less
seductive to the eye.
The Impressionist painters especially
Monet
and
Sisley
had
delicate sensations
q uite c lo se to e ac h o th er: as a res ult the ir
canvases all look alike. The word impression
ism perfectly characterizes their style for
evoke
them
through art. yremoving oneself
from the literal
r pr s nt tion of movement
one
attains greater beauty
and
grandeur. Look at
an
Egyptian statue: it looks rigid to us yet we
sense
in
i t the ima ge
of
a body capable
of
movement
and which despite its rigidity is
animated. The Gre ek s too a re ca lm: a man
h urlin g a d is cu s will be c au gh t a t the
moment
ea ch o th er . To do t hi s I must organize my
ideas; the relationship between the tones must
be such that it will sustain
and
not destroy
them. A new combination of colours will suc
ceed the first
and
render
the
totality
of
my
representation. I
am
forced to transpose until
finally my picture may seem completely
changed when after successive modifications
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 155/191
they register fleeting impressions. i s n ot
an appropriate designation for certain more
recent painters who avoid the first impression
and consider it almost dishonest. A rapid
rendering
of a landscape represents only one
moment of
its existence. I prefer by insisting
upon its essential character to risk losing
charm in
order to obtain greater stability.
Underlying this succession ofmoments
which constitutes the superficial existence of
beings and things
and
which is continually
modifying and transforming them one can
search for a truer more essential character
which the a rtis t will s eize so tha t h e may give
to reality a more lasting interpretation. When
we go into the seventeenth- and eighteenth
century sculpture rooms
in
the Louvre
and
look for example at a Puget we can see that
the expression is forced and exaggerated to the
point of being disquieting. is quite a differ
ent matter if we go to the Luxembourg; the
attitude
in
which the sculptors catch their
models is always the one which the develop
ment of the members and tensions of the
muscles will be shown to greatest advantage.
And yet
movement
thus understood corre
sponds to nothing
in
nature:
when
we capture
it by surprise
in
a snapshot
the
resulting
image reminds us of nothing that we have
seen. Movement seized while it is going
on
is
mea ning ful to u s o nly if we do n ot iso la te
the
present sensation either from that which
precedes it or that which follows it.
There are two ways of expressing things;
one is to s ho w
them
crudely the other is to
in which
he
gathers his strength or at least if
h e is s ho wn in the most strained and precari
ous position implied by his action the sculptor
will have epitomized and c on de ns ed it s o th at
equilibrium is re-established thereby suggest
ing
the idea
of
duration. Movement is
in
itselfunstable and is n ot s ui te d to something
durable like a statue unless the artist is aware
of the entire action of which he represents
only a moment
I
must
precisely define the character
of
the
object or of the body t ha t I w is h to p ai nt . To do
so I study my
method
very closely:
f
I
put
a
black dot on a s he et
of
white paper the dot
will be visible no matter h ow far away I h old it
i t is a c le ar n otatio n. B ut b es id e this d ot I p la ce
another one
and then
a third
and
already
there is confusion.
n
o rd er for the first d ot to
maintain
i ts v alue I must e nl ar ge i t as I
put
other marks on the paper.
fupon
a white c an va s I s et d own
some
sensations
of
blue
of
green
of
red each new
stroke diminishes
the
importance of the pre
ceding ones. Suppose I have
to
paint
an
interi
or: I h av e b efore
me
a cupboard; it gives me
a sensation of vivid red and I put d ow n a r ed
which satisfies me. A relation is established
between this red and
the white
of
the canvas.
Let me
put a g ree n near the red and mak e the
floor yellow;
and
again there will be relation
s hips b etwe en the g ree n o r y ellow a nd the
white of the canvas which will satisfy me. But
these different tones mutually weaken one
another. is necessary that the various marks
I u se b e b alan ce d so th at the y do n ot d es troy
the red h as s uc ce ed ed the g re en a s the d omi
nant
colour. I cannot copy nature
in
a servile
way; I
am
forced to interpret nature and sub
mit
it to t he s pi ri t of the picture. From the
relationship I have found
in
all tones there
must
result a living harmony of colours
a
harmony
analogous to that
of
a musical
composition.
For
me all is
in
the conception. I must
therefore have a clear vision of
the
whole from
the beginning. I could mention a great sculp
tor who gives us some admirable pieces:
but
for
him
a composition is merely a grouping of
fragments which results in confusion of
expression. Look instead at one
of
Cezanne s
pictures: all is so well arranged that no matter
a t wha t d is ta nc e y ou s tan d o r h ow
many
fig
ures are represented you will always be able to
distinguish each figure clearly and to know
which limb belongs to which body. f there is
order and clarity in the picture it means that
from the outset this same order and clarity
existed in the
mind
of the painter or that the
painter was conscious of their necessity. Limbs
may cross and intertwine
but in the
eyes
of
the spectator they will nevertheless remain
attached to
and
help to articulate
the
right
body: all confusion has disappeared.
The chief function
of
colour should be to
serve expression as well as possible. I
put
down my tones without a preconceived plan. f
at first
and
perhaps without my having
been
conscious of it one tone has particularly
seduced or caught me more often
than not
o nc e the p ic tu re is fin is he d I will n otic e th at I
have respected this tone while I progressively
altered
and
transformed all the others. The
expressive aspect
of
colours imposes itselfon
me
in a purely instinctive way. To paint
an
autumn landscape I will not try to remember
what colours suit this season, I will be inspired
only by the sensation that the season arouses
in
me: the icy purity of the sour blue sky will
What interests
me most
is neither still life
nor landscape, but the human figure. It is that
which best permits
me
to express my almost
religious awe towards life. I do not insist
upon
all the details
of
the face, on setting them
down one-by-one with anatomical exactitude.
If I have an Italian model who at first appear
ance suggests nothing
but
a purely animal
will be able to arrive at that totality which con
stitutes a picture. In any event I think tha t one
can judge the vitality
and
power of
an
artist
who, after having received impressions directly
from the spectacle of
nature, is able to orga
nize his sensations to continue his work
in
the
same frame
of mind
on different days, and to
develop these sensations; this power proves
he
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 156/191
express the season just as well as the nuances
of
foliage. My sensation itself may vary, the
autumn
may be soft and warm like a continua
tion of
summer
or quite cool with a cold sky
and
lemon-yellow trees that give a chilly
impression and already announce winter.
My choice of colours does
not
rest
on
any
scientific theory; it is based
on
observation,
on
sensitivity, on felt experiences. Inspired
by
cer
tain pages of Delacroix,
an
artist like Signac is
preoccupied with complementary colours, and
the theoretical knowledge of them will lead
him to use a certain tone in a certain place.
But I s imply try to
put
down colours which
render
my sensation. There is
an
impelling
proportion of tones that may lead
me
to
change the shape
of
a figure
or
to transform
my
composition. Until I have achieved this
proportion in all the parts of
the
composition
I strive towards it and keep on working. Then
a moment comes when all the parts have
found their definite relationships, and from
then on it would be impossible for me to
add a stroke to my picture without having to
repaint it entirely.
In reality, I think that the very theory of
complementary colours is
not
absolute.
In
studying the paintings of artists whose knowl
edge
of
colours depends
upon
instinct and
feeling, and on a constant analogy with their
sensations, one could define certain laws of
colour
and
so broaden the limits
of
colour
theory as it now defined.
existence, I nevertheless discover his essential
qualities, I penetrate amid the lines of the face
those which suggest the deep gravity which
persists in every human being. A work of art
must carry within itselfits complete signifi
cance and impose that upon the beholder even
before
he
recognizes the subject matter.
When
I see the Giot to frescoes at Padua I do not
trouble myselfto recognize which scene
of
the
life of Christ I have before me, but I immedi
ately understand the sentiment which emerges
from it, for i t is
in
the lines, the composition,
the colour. The title will only serve to confirm
my impression.
What I dream of is an a rt
of
balance, of
purity and serenity, devoid
of
troubling or
depressing subject matter, an art which could
be for every mental worker, for the business
man as well as the
man
of letters, for example,
a soothing, calming influence on the mind,
something like a good armchair which pro
vides relaxation from physical fatigue.
Often a discussion arises as to the value of
different processes, and their relationship to
different temperaments. A distinction is made
between painters who work directly from
nature and those who work purely from imagi
nation. Personally, I think neither
of
these
methods must be preferred to the exclusion of
the o ther . Both may be used in turn
by
the
same individual, either because he needs con
tact with objects in order to receive sensations
that will excite his creative faculty, or his sen
sations are already organized. In either case he
is sufficientlymaster of
himself
to subject
himself
to discipline.
The simplest
means
are those which best
enable an artist to express himself. If he fears
the banal he cannot avoid it by appearing
strange, or going
in
for bizarre drawing and
eccentric colour. His means of expression
must
derive almost
of
necessity from his tem
perament. He must have the humility
of
mind
to believe that
he
has painted only what
he
has seen. I like Chardin s way of expressing it:
I apply colour until there is a resemblance.
Or Cezanne s: I want to secure a likeness ,
or Rodin s: Copy nature Leonardo said: He
who can copy can create. Those who work in
a preconceived style, deliberately
turning
their
backs on nature, miss the truth. An artis t
must recognize,
when he
is reasoning, that his
picture is an artifice; but when
he
is painting,
he
should feel that
he
has copied nature. And
even when he departs from nature,
he
must do
i t with the conviction that is only to interpret
her
more fully.
Some may say that other views on painting
were expected from a painter, and that I have
only come out with platitudes. To this I shall
reply that there are no new truths. The role
of
the artist, like that of the scholar, consists of
seizing current truths often repeated to him,
but which will take on new meaning for him
and which
he
will make his own when he has
grasped their deepest significance. If aviators
had
to explain to us the research which led to
their leaving earth and ris ing in the air, they
5
would merely confirm very elementary princi
ples
of
physics neglected by less successful
inventors.
An artist always profits from information
about himself, and I am
glad to have learned
what is my weak point.
M.
Peladan in the
Revue
e Jdomadaire reproaches a certain
number
of
painters, amongst whom I think
I should place myself, for calling themselves
All artists bear the
imprint
of their time,
bu t
the great artis ts are those in whom this is
most
profoundly marked.
ur
epoch for instance
is better represented by Courbet than by Flan
drin, by Rodin better then by Fremiet. Whether
we like it or not, however insistently we call
ourselves exiles, between
ur
period and
ur-
selves an indissoluble bond is established, and
M. Peladan
himself
cannot escape it. The aes
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 157/191
'Fauves,' and yet dressing like everyone else,
so that they are no more noticeable than the
floor-walkers in a department store. Does
genius count for so little? If i twere only a
question
of
myselfthat would set M. Peledan's
mind
at ease, tomorrow I would call myself
Sar and dress like a necromancer.
In
the same article this excellent writer
claims that I do not painthonestly, and I
would be justifiably angry if h e h ad not quali
fied his statement by saying, 'I
mean
honestly
with respect to the ideal and the rules .' The
trouble is that
he
does not mention where
these rules are. I am willing to have
them
exist, but were it possible to learn
them
what
sublime artists
we
would have
Rules have no existence outside of individu
als: otherwise a good professor would be as
great a genius as Racine.
Anyone of
us is
capable of repeating fine maxims, but few can
also penetrate their meaning. I am ready to
admit that from a study of the works of
Raphael or Titian a more complete set of rules
can be drawn than from the works of Manet or
Renoir, but the rules followed by Manet and
Renoir were those which suited their tempera
ments and I pre fe r the most
minor of
their
paintings to all the work of those who are
content to imitate the Venus
Urbino
or the
Madonna Goldfinch
These latter are of no
value to anyone, for whether we want to or
not, we belong to our t ime and
we
share in its
opinions, its feelings, even its delusions.
theticians of the future may perhaps use his
books as evidence if they get it in their heads
to prove tha t no one
of ur
time understood
anything about the art
of
Leonardo da Vinci.
Originally published as Notes d u n peintre,
Grande Revue 52
no. 24;
25
December, 19
8
, pp.
731 45.
Translation from Jack
D.
Flam,
Matisse
on Art
New York, 1978. S.P.A.D.E.M., Paris.
assily {andinsky
The ffect olor
9
If you let your eye stray over a palette of colors,
you experience two things.
In
the first place
you receive a
purely physic l e1fect
namely
the
eye itself is
enchanted
by the beauty
and other
qualities
of
color. You experience satisfaction
and
delight, like a
gourmet
savoring a delicacy.
Or the eye is stimulated as the tongue is titil
lated by a spicy dish. But
then
it grows calm
and
cool, like a finger after touching ice. These
fast
and
automobiles still faster, that dogs bite,
that the
moon
is dis tant, that the figure seen
in a
mirror
is not real.
Only with higher development does the
circle of experience of different beings and
objects grow wider. Only in
the
highest devel
opment
do they acquire
an
internal
meaning
and inner
resonance.
It
is the
same
with color,
which makes a momentary
and
superficial
color,
not
only
upon
the eye
but
the
other
senses. One might say that bright yellow looks
sour, because it recalls the taste of a lemon.
But
such
definitions are
not
universal.
There are several correlations between taste
and color which refuse to be classified. A Dres
den
doctor reported that one
of
his patients,
whom he designated as an exceptionally sen
sitive person, could not eat a certain sauce
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 158/191
are physical sensations, limited
in
duration.
They are superficial, too, and leave no lasting
impression behind if the soul remains closed.
Just as we feel at
the
touch
of
ice a sensation
of cold, forgotten as soon as the fingers
become warm again, so the physical action
of
color is forgotten as soon as the eye
turns
away. On the other hand, as the physical cold
ness of ice, upon penetrating more deeply,
arouses
more
complex feelings,
and
indeed a
whole chain of psychological experiences, so
may also the superficial impression
of
color
develop into
an
experience.
On
the average man only impressions
caused
by
familiar objects will be superficial.
A first
encounter
with any new
phenomenon
exercises immediately
an
impression
on
the
soul. This is the experience
of
the child discov
ering the world; every object is new to him.
He
sees light, wishes to hold it,
burns
his
finger
and
feels henceforth a proper respect
for flame. But later he learns that light has a
friendly side as well, that it drives away the
darkness,
and
makes the day longer, is essen
tial to warmth
and
cooking,
and
affords a
cheerful spectacle. From the accumulation
of
these experiences comes a knowledge of light,
indelibly fixed
in
his mind. The strong, inten
sive interest disappears,
and
the visual attrac
tion of flame is balanced against indifference
to it. In this way the whole world becomes
gradually disenchanted.
The
human being
realizes that trees give shade, that horses
run
impression
on
a soul whose sensibility is
slightly developed. But even this simplest
effect varies
in
quality. The eye is strongly
attracted by light, clear colors,
and
still
more
strongly by colors that are warm as well as
clear; vermilion stimulates like flame, which
has always fascinated
human
beings. Keen
lemon-yellow
hurts the
eye as does a pro
longed
and
shrill bugle note the ear,
and one
turns
away for reliefto blue
or
green.
But to a
more
sensitive soul the effect
of
colors is deeper and intensely moving. And so
we come to the second result of looking at col
ors:
their
psychological effect They produce a
correspondent spiritual vibration, and it is only
as a step towards this spiritual vibration that
the physical impression is of importance.
Whether
the psychological effect of color is
direct, as these last few lines imply, or whether
it is
the
outcome of
ssoci tion
is
open
to
question. The soul being one with
the
body,
it may well be possible that a psychological
tremor generates a corresponding one through
association. For example, red may cause a
sensation analogous
to
that caused by a flame,
because red is the color
of
flame. A
warm
red
will prove exciting, another shade
of
red will
cause pain or disgust through association with
running
blood.
In
these cases color awakens
a corresponding physical sensation, which
undoubtedly works poignantly upon the soul.
If this were always the case, it would be easy
to define
by
association the physical effects of
without tasting blue, i.e., without seeing
blue. would be possible to suggest, by way
of
explanation, that in highly sensitive people
the approach to the soul is so direct, the soul
itselfso impressionable, that any impression
of taste communicates itselfimmediately to
the
soul,
and
thence to the
other
organs
of
sense
in this case, the eyes). This would imply
an
echo or reverberation,
such
as occurs some
times in musical
instruments
which, without
being touched,
sound in harmony
with
an
instrument
that is being played. Men
of
sensi
tivity are like good, much-played violins which
vibrate at each touch of the bow.
But sight has
been
known to
harmonize not
only with the sense
of
taste
but
with the other
senses. Many colors have been described as
rough or prickly, others as smooth and velvety,
so that one feels inclined to stroke
them
e.g.,
dark ultramarine, chrome-oxide green,
and
madder-lake). Even
the
distinction between
warm and
cool colors is based
upon
this dis
crimination. Some colors appear soft madder
lake), others
hard
cobalt green, blue-green
oxide), so that fresh from
the tube
they
seem
to be dry.
The expression perfumed colors, is
frequently
met
with.
The sound of colors is so definite that it
would be
hard
to find anyone who would
express bright yellow with bass notes, or dark
lake with the treble. The explanation
in
terms
of
association will not satisfy us,
in many
7
important cases. Those who have heard
of
chromotherapy know that colored light can
influence the whole body. Attempts have been
made with different colors to treat various
nervous ailments. Red light stimulates and
excites the heart while blue light can cause
temporary paralysis. f the effect of such action
can be observed in animals and plants as it
has
then
the association theory proves inade-
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 159/191
quate. In any event one must admit that the
subject is at present unexplored
but
that i t is
unquestionable that color can exercise enor-
mous influence
upon
the body as a physical
organism.
The theory
of
association is no more satis-
factory in the psychological sphere. Generally
speaking color directly influences the soul.
Color is the keyboard the eyes are the ham-
mers the soul is the piano with many strings.
The art ist is the
h nd
that plays touching one
key or another purposively to cause vibrations
in the soul.
It is evident therefore that
color
harmony must
rest ultimately on purposive playing upon the
human soul: this
is one
the guiding principles
internal necessity
Originally published as Chapter 5 in
Uber das
Geistige in
der
Kunst Munich 1912 pp. 37 42. English translation
by
Francis Golffing Michael Harrison and Ferdinand
Ostertag from
Concerning
the
Spiritual in Art
New York
1947. This excerpt from Herschel Chipp Theories
Modern Art A
Source Book by
Artists and
Critics
University
of
California Press Berkeley and Los Angeles 1968.
© 1968
by
The Regents of the University of California.
Reprinted with permission.
aul lee
re tive
re o
19
I. Art does not reproduce the visible; rather, it
makes visible. A tendency toward the abstract
is
inherent
in linear expression: graphic
imagery being confined to outlines has a fairy
like quality and at the
same
time can achieve
great precision. The purer the graphic
work-
that is, the more the formal elements underly
ing linear expression are emphasized the less
adequate it is for the realistic representation
of
following a scent. Nor
am
I entirely sure
of
myself: there is another river, and fog rises
above it (spatial element). But then the view is
clear again. Basket-weavers return home with
their cart (the wheel). Among
them
is a chi ld
with bright curls (corkscrew movement). Later
it becomes sultry and dark (spatial element).
There is a flash
of
lightening on the horizon
(zigzag line), though we can still see stars over
the same token, the possibilities for expressing
ideas, are endlessly multiplied.
may be true tha t in the beginning there
was the deed, yet the idea comes first. Since
infinity has no definite beginning,
but
l ike a
circle may start anywhere, the idea may be
regarded as primary. In the beginning was
the word.
IV.
Movement is the source
of
all change.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 160/191
visible things.
The formal elements
of
graphic art are
dot, line, plane, and
space the
last three
charged with energy of various kinds. A simple
plane, for instance that is, a p lane not made
up
of
more elementary
units would
result if I
were to draw a
blunt
crayon across the paper,
thus transferring an energy-charge with or
without modulations. An example
of
a spatial
element
would be a cloud like vaporous spot,
usually of varying intensity, made with a full
brush.
II. Let us develop this idea, let us take a lit
t le t rip into the land
of
deeper insight, follow
ing a topographic plan. The dead center being
the point, our first dynamic act will be the line.
After a short time, we shall stop to catch
our
breath (the broken line, or the line articulated
by several s tops). I lookback to see how far we
have come (counter-movement). Ponder the
distance thus far traveled (sheaf
of
lines). A
river may obstruct
our
progress: we use a boa t
wavy line). Further
on
there might be a bridge
(series
of
curves).
On
the other bank we
encounter someone who, like us, wishes to
deepen his insight. At first we joyfully travel
together (convergence), but gradually differ
ences arise (two lines drawn independently of
each other). Each party shows some excitement
(expression, dynamism, emotional quality of
the line).
We cross an unplowed field a plane tra
versed by lines), then thick woods. One of us
loses his way explores, and
on
one occasion
even goes through the motions
of
a
hound
head (scattered dots). Soon we reach
our
first
quarters. Before falling asleep, we recall a
number of things, for even so little a trip has
left many
impressions lines
of the most vari
ous kinds, spots, dabs, smooth planes, dotted
planes, lined planes, wavy lines, obstructed
and
articulated movement, counter-movement,
plaitings, weavings, bricklike elements, scale
like elements, simple and polyphonic motifs,
lines that fade and lines that gain strength
(dynamism), the joyful harmony of the first
stretch, followed by inhibitions, nervousness
Repressed anxieties, alternating with
moments
of
optimism caused by a breath
of
air. Before
the storm, sudden assault by horseflies The
fury, the killing. The happy ending serves as a
guiding thread even in the dark woods. The
flashes
of
lightning made us think of a fever
chart,
of
a sick child long ago.
III. I have mentioned the elements
of
linear
expression which are among the visual compo
nents of the picture. This does not
mean
that a given work
must
consist
of
nothing but
such elements. Rather, the elements must
produce forms, but without being sacrificed
in
the process. They should be preserved. In
most
cases, a combination of several elements
will be required to produce forms or objects
or other
compounds planes
related to each
other (for instance, the view of a moving
stream of water) or spatial structures arising
from energy-charges involving the three
dimensions (fish swimming in all directions).
Through such enrichment of the formal
symphony, the possibilities
of
variation, and by
n Lessing's
aocoon
on which we squandered
study time when we were young,
much
fuss
is made about the difference between temporal
and spatial art. Yet looking into the matter
more closely, we find that all this is but a
scholastic delusion. For space, too, is a
temporal concept.
When a dot begins to move and becomes
a line, this requires time. Likewise, when a
moving line produces a plane,
and when
moving planes produce spaces.
Does a pictorial work come into being at
one stroke? No i t is constructed bit by bit, just
like a house.
And the beholder, is he through with the
work at one glance? (Unfortunately he often
is.) Does not Feuerbach say somewhere that in
order to understand a picture one must have
a chair? Why the chair? So that your tired legs
won't distract your mind. Legs tire after pro
longed standing. Hence, time is needed. Char
acter, too, is movement. Only the dead point
as such is timeless. In the universe, too, move
ment is
the basic datum. (What causes move
ment? This is an idle question, rooted in
error.)
On
this earth, repose is caused by
an
accidental obstruction in the movement
of
matter. is
an
error to regard such a stoppage
as primary.
The Biblical story of the creation is
an
excel
lent parable of movement. The work of art,
too, is above all a process of creation, it is
never experienced as a mere product.
A certain fire, an impulse to create, is kin
dled, is transmitted through the hand, leaps
149
to the canvas, and in the form of a spark leaps
back to its starting place, completing the cir
cle back to the eye
and
further (back to the
source
of
movement, the will, the idea). The
beholder s activity, too, is essentially temporal.
The eye is made in such a way that i t focuses
on
each part
of
the picture in turn;
and
to view
a new section, it must leave the one just seen.
Occasionally the beholder stops looking and
(evil, stimulating, passionate) and the feminine
principle (good, growing, calm) result
in
a
condition of ethical stability.
To this corresponds the simultaneous
unification
of
forms, movement and counter
movement, or, to
put
it more naIvely, the
unification
of
visual oppositions (in terms
of
colorism: use of contrasts
of
divided color, as
in Delaunay). Each energy calls for its comple
ment of stability through
an
equilibrium of
movement, all these are difficult questions
of
form, crucial for formal wisdom, but not yet
art in the highest circle.
n
the highest circle
an
ultimate mystery lurks behind the mystery,
and the wretched light
of
the intellect is
of
no
avail. One may still speak reasonably
of
the
salutary effects of art. We may say that fantasy,
inspired by instinctual stimuli creates illusory
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 161/191
goes away the artist often does the same
thing. f he thinks it worth while,
he
comes
back again
like the artist.
The beholder s eye, which moves about like
an
animal grazing, follows paths prepared for
it in the picture (in music, as everyone knows,
there are conduits leading to the ear; the
drama has both visual and auditive trails). The
pictorial work was born
of
movement, is itself
recorded movement, and
is
assimilated
through movement eye muscles).
A man asleep, the circulation of his blood,
the regular breathing of his lungs, the intricate
functioning of his kidneys,
and
in his head a
world of dreams, in contact with powers of
fate. An organization
of
functions, which taken
together produce rest.
V.
Formerly we used to represent things
visible
on
earth, things we either liked to look
at or would have liked to see. Today we reveal
the reality that is behind visible things, thus
expressing the beliefthat the visible world is
merely
an
isolated case in relation to the
universe
and
that there are many more other,
latent realities. Things appear to
assume
a
broader and
more
diversified meaning, often
seemingly contradicting the rational experi
ence of yesterday. There is a striving to empha
size the essential character of the accidental.
By
including the concepts
of
good and evil
a moral sphere is created.
Evil
is
not
conceived
as the enemy whose victories disgrace us,
but
as a force within the whole, a force that con
tributes to creation and evolution. This simul
taneous existence of the masculine principal
15°
mentary energy to achieve self-contained
stability based
on
the play of energies.
Out
of
abstract elements a formal cosmos is ultimate
ly
created independent of their groupings as
concrete objects or abstract things such as
numbers
of letters, which we discover to be
so closely similar to the Creation that a breath
is sufficient to turn an expression of religious
feelings, or religion, into reality.
VI.
A few examples: A sailor of antiquity in
his boat, enjoying
himself
and appreciating the
comfortable accommodations. Ancient art rep
resents the subject accordingly. And now: the
experiences of a
modern
man, walking across
the deck of a steamer: 1 his own movement,
2
the
movement
of
the ship which could be
in the opposite direction, 3 the direction and
the speed
of
the current,
4
the rotation
of
the
earth, 5 i ts orbit , and (6) the orbits of the
stars and satellites around it.
The result: an organization of movements
within the cosmos centered
on
the
man
on
the steamer.
An apple tree in bloom, i ts roots and rising
saps, its trunk, the cross section with the an
nual rings, the blossom, its structure, its sexu
al functions, the fruit, the core with its seeds.
An organization
of
states
of
growth.
VII. Art is a simile of the Creation. Each
work
of
art is an example, just as the terrestrial
is
an
example of the cosmic.
The release of the elements, their grouping
into complex subdivisions, the dismember
ment of the object
and
its reconstruction into
a whole, the pictorial polyphony, the achieve-
states which somehow encourage or stimulate
us more
than
the familiar natural or known
supernatural states, that its symbols bring
comfort to the mind, by making it realize that
it is not confined to earthly potentialities, how
ever great they may become
in
the future; that
ethical gravity holds sway side
by
side with
impish
laughter at doctors and parsons.
But, in the long run, even enhanced reality
proves inadequate.
Art plays an unknowing game with ultimate
things, and yet achieves them
Cheer up Value such country outings,
which let you have a new point of view for
once as well as a change
of
air, and transport
you to a world which, by diverting you,
strengthens you for the inevitable
return
to the
greyness
of
the working day. More than that,
they help you to slough offyour earthly skin,
to fancy for a moment
that you are God; to
look forward to new holidays,
when
the soul
goes to a banquet in order to
nourish
its
starved nerves, and to fill its languishing blood
vessels with new sap.
Let
yourselfbe carried
on
the invigorating
sea,
on
a broad river or
an
enchanting brook,
such as that
of
the richly diversified, aphoristic
graphic art.
Originally published in Schiip ferische
Konfession
ed.
Kasimir Edschmid, Berlin, 1920. English translation by
Norbert Guterman. Printed in Herschel
B.
Chipp,
Theories
and Documents
Modern
rt Source Book rtists and
Critics
University
of
California Press, Berkeley and
Los
Angeles, 1968.
1968 by The Regents
of
the University
of
California. Reprinted with permission.
ern n
eger
h Aesthetic
th
Machine excerpt
19
2
4
Modem man
lives
more and
more
in a preponder-
antly geometric
order.
All human creation mechanical
or
industrial
is
dependant upon geometric intentions.
I wish especially to speak about the prejudice
which blinds three-fourths of mankind and
absolutely prevents them from ever attaining
a free judgement of the ugly or the beautiful
phenomena bywhich they are surrounded. I
believe that plastic beauty in general is totally
architecture, too, proceeds from geometric
intentions.
In Greek art horizontal lines were made to
dominate.
t
influenced the entire French
seventeenth century. The Romanesque: vertical
lines. The Gothic realized an equilibrium that
was often perfect between the play of curves
and of straight lines; it even arrived at that
astonishing thing a mobile architecture.
became a perfect whole logically organized for
its end. t was beautiful.
But we must not conclude from this exam
ple of the relationship between beauty and
utility
in
the auto that perfection of utility
necessarily implies the perfection
of
beauty.
I cannot deny that it may even be the contrary.
I have laid eyes upon,
but
not remembered,
frequent examples
of
the destruction
of
beauty
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 162/191
independent of sentimental, descriptive, or
imitative values. Every object, picture, piece
of architecture, or ornamental organization
has a value in i tself; it is strictly absolute and
independent of anything it may happen to
represent.
Many individuals would be sensitive to the
beauty of common objects, without artistic
intention if the preconceived notion of the
objet
d art were not a bandage over their eyes.
Bad visual education
is
the cause
of
this ten
dency, as is the modern mania for classifica
tion at all costs which categorizes individuals
as well as tools. Men are afraid
free considera-
tion which, however, is the only possible
spiritual state which permits reception of the
beautiful. Victims of a critical, skeptical, and
intellectual epoch, they strain themselves
in
the attempt to understand instead
of
relying
upon their sensibility. They have faith in the
fabricators the
arts
because they are profes
sionals. Titles and distinctions dazzle them
and
block their view.
My
aim here is to
attempt to prove: that there is no such thing as
Beauty that is catalogued, hierarchisee; this is
the worst possible error. Beauty is everywhere,
in the arrangement of your pots and pans, on
the white wall
of
your kitchen, more perhaps
than
in your eighteenth century salon or
in
the official museum
I would like therefore to speak about a
new architectural order: the architecture
the mechanical. All of ancient and modern
There are Gothic facades that vibrate like a
dynamic painting; this is the result of an inter
play of complimentary and contrasting lines.
One can asser t this: a machine or a manu
factured object may be beautiful when the
relation of the lines which define its volume
are balanced in
an
order corresponding to
those of preceding architectures. We are not,
then, in the presence of an intrinsically new
phenomenon, but simply of an architectural
manifestation like those of the past.
Where the question becomes more delicate
is when we envisage all the consequences, that
is, the purposes of mechanical creation. If the
objectives of preceding architectural monu
ments were the predominance of the Beautiful
over the useful, it is undeniable that, in the
mechanical order, the dominant aim is
utility
strictly utility. Everything is directed towards
utility with the greatest possible severity. The
tendency toward utility
does
not, however, impede
the accession to a state beauty.
The case of the evolution of the automobile
form is a striking example of my point; it is
even a curious fact that the more the machine
perfects its utilitarian functions, the more
beautiful it becomes.
That is to say, when vertical lines predomi
nated in the beginning, contrary to its purpose,
it was ugly; one looked for the horse.
t
was
called a horseless carriage. But when, with the
need for swiftness, t became lower and longer,
when, in consequence horizontal lines
balanced by curves became dominant, it
by emphasis
on
the utilitarian.
Chance alone presides over the appearance
of beauty in the manufactured object.
Originally published in Bulletin de
l Effort
Modeme Paris)
I nos . I and 2 January-February I9 24), pp. 5-9.
Printed in Herschel B Chipp, Theories and Doruments
of Modem Art:
Source
Book
by
Artists and
Critics,
University of California Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles,
I968.
1968
by
The Regents of the University of
California. Reprinted with permission.
ndre reton
Manifesto
Surrealism excerpt
19
2
4
We are still living under the reign oflogic:
this, of course, is what I have been driving at.
But in this day and age logical methods are
applicable only to solving problems of sec-
ondary interest. The absolute rationalism that
is still in vogue allows us to consider only facts
relating directly to our experience. Logical
ends, on the contrary, escape us. is pointless
to add that experience itselfhas found itself
increasingly circumscribed. It paces back and
construed to be the province of poets as well as
scholars, and that its success is not dependant
upon
the more or less capricous paths that will
be followed.
Freud very rightly brought his critical facul-
ties to bear upon the dream.
is,
in
fact,
inadmissible that this considerable portion of
psychic activity (since, at least from
man s
birth until his death, thought offers no solu-
tion
of
continuity, the
su m of
moments
of
coordination
of
which is a question of will.
What is worth noting is that nothing allows us
to presuppose a greater dissipation of the ele-
ments of which the dream is constituted. I am
sorry to have to speak about i t according to a
formula which in principle excludes the
dream. When will we have sleeping logicians,
sleeping philosophers? I would like to sleep,
in
order to surrender myselfto the dreamers, the
way I surrender myselfto those who read
me
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 163/191
forth in a cage from which i t i s more and more
difficult to make it emerge. too leans for
support on what is most immediately expedi-
ent, and it is protected by the sentinels of com-
mon sense. Under the pretense of civilization
and progress, we have managed to banish
from the
mind
everything that may rightly or
wrongly be termed superstition, or fancy; for-
bidden
is
any kind
of
search for truth which is
not
in
conformance with accepted practices.
was, apparently, by pure chance that a part
of
our mental world which we pretended not to
be concernedwith any longer-and i n my
opinion by far the most important part-has
been brought back to light. For this we
must
give thanks to the discoveries of Sigmund
Freud. On the basis of these discoveries a cur-
rent opinion is finally forming
by
means of
which the
human
explorer will be able to carry
his investigations much further, authorized as
he will henceforth be not to confine himself
solely to the most summary realities. The
imagination is perhaps
on
the point
of
reasserting itself, of reclaiming its rights. If
the depths
of
our
mind
contain within it
strange forces capable of augmenting those on
the surface, or
of
waging a victorious battle
against them, there is every reason to seize
them; first to seize them, then, if need be, to
submit
them
to the control of
our
reason. The
analysts themselves have everything to gain by
it. But i s it worth not ing that no means has
been designated a priori for carrying out this
undertaking, that until further notice it can be
dream, from the point
of
view
of
time, and
taking into consideration only the time of pure
dreaming, that is the dreams of sleep, is not
inferior to the
su m
of moments of reality, or,
to be more precisely limiting, the moments of
waking) has still today been so grossly neglect-
ed. I have always been amazed at the
wayan
ordinary observer lends so much more cre-
dence and attaches so
much
more importance
to waking events
than
to those occuring in
dreams. is because man, when he ceases to
sleep, is above all the plaything
of
his memory,
and
in
its normal state memory takes pleasure
in weakly retracing for him the circumstances
of
the dream, in stripping it
of
any real impor-
tance, and
in
dismissing the only
determinant
f rom the point where he thinks he has left i t a
few hours before: this firm hope, this concern.
He is under the impression
of
continuing
something that is worthwhile. Thus the dream
finds itself reduced to a mere parenthesis.
as
is
the night. And, like the night, dreams general-
ly contribute little to furthering
our
under-
standing. This curious state of affairs seems to
me
to call for certain reflections:
r
Within the limits where they operate (or
are thought to operate) dreams give every evi-
dence of being continuous and show signs of
organization. Memory alone arrogates to itself
the right to excerpt from dreams, to ignore
the transitions,
and
to depict for us rather a
series of dreams rather than the dream itself
By
the same token, at any given
moment
we
have only a distinct notion of realities, the
with eyes wide open; in order to stop impos-
ing, in this realm, the conscious rhythm of my
thought. Perhaps my dream last night follows
that of the night before,
and
will be continued
the next night, with an exemplary strictness.
t s quite
possi le
as the saying goes. And since
it has notbeen proved
in
the slightest that,
in
doing so, the reality with which I am kept
busy continues to exist in the state of dream,
that i t does not sink back down into the
immemorial, why should I not grant to dreams
what I occasionally refuse reality, that is, this
value of certainty in itself which, in its own
time, is not open to my repudiation? Why
should I not expect from the sign of the dream
more than I expectfrom a degree
of
conscious-
ness that is daily more acute? Can t the dream
also be used in solving the fundamental ques-
tions of life? Are these questions the same in
one case
as
in the other and, in the dream, do
these questions already exist? Is the dream any
less restrictive or punitive
than
the rest? I
am
growing old and, more than that reality to
which I believe subject myself, it is perhaps
the dream, the difference with which I treat
the dream, which makes me grow old.
Let
me come back again to the waking
state. I have no choice
but
to consider i t a phe-
nomenon
of
interference. Not only does the
mind
display,
in
this state, a strange tendency
to lose its bearings as evidenced by the slips
and
mistakes the secrets of which are just
beginning to be revealed to us), but , what is
more, it does not appear that,
when
the
mind
is functioning normally, it really responds to
anything
b ut t he
suggestions which come to it
from
the
depths
of
that dark
night
to w hi ch I
commend
it. However conditioned it may be,
its balance is relative. scarcely dares express
itself and, if it does, it confines itselfto verify.
ing
that
s uc h a nd s uc h a n
idea, or
s uc h a n d
such
a woman , h as
ma de a n impr es sio n o n
it.
What impression i t wou ld b e hard pressed to
say, by which it reveals the degree of its subjec-
to mak e for himself too impoverished a notion
of
atonement.
4
F ro m th e
moment when
i t is s ub je cted to
a methodical examination, when, by means yet
to be determined, we succeed in recording the
contents of dreams in th eir entirety and that
presupposes a discipline
of memory spanning
generations;
bu t
let us nonetheless begin by
noting the
most
salient facts),
when
its graph
will expand with unparalleled volume
and
reg-
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 164/191
tivity, and nothing more. This idea, this
woman, disturb it, they
tend
to m ak e it l ess
severe.
What
the y do is iso la te the
mind
for a
second from its solvent
an d
spirit it to heaven,
as the beautiful precipitate it can be, that it is.
When
all else fails, it
then
calls
upon
chance, a
divinity even more obscure th an th e others to
whom
it ascribes all its aberrations. Who can
say to
me
that
the
a ng le by which th at ide a
which affects it is offered, that what it likes
in
the
eye
of that woman
is not precisely what
lin ks it to its d re am, b in ds it to tho se fun da -
mental facts which, through i ts o wn fau lt, it
has lost? And if things were different, what
might it be capable of? I would like to provide
it with
the
key to this corridor.
3 The m in d o f the ma n who dreams is fully
satisfied by what happens to h im. The agoniz-
ing question of possibility is no longer perti-
nent.
Kill fly
faster, love to your heart s
content. And if y ou s ho uld die, a re yo u
not
cer-
tain of reawaking among the dead? Let your-
self
be carried along, events will not tolerate
your interference. You are nameless. The ease
of
everything is priceless.
What
rea so n, I a sk , a rea so n s o
much
vaster
tha t the o th er, mak es d rea ms seem so natural
an d
allows
me
to welcome unreservedly a wel-
ter
of
episodes so strange that they would con-
f ou nd n ow as I wri te? A nd yet I c an beli eve m y
eyes, my ears; this great day has arrived, this
beast has spoken.
If
man s
awaking is harder, if it breaks the
spell too abruptly, it is because
he
has
been
led
ularity, we may hope that the mysteries which
really are not will give way to
the
great
Mys-
tery. I believe
in
the future resolution
of
these
two states,
d r ea m a n d
reality, which are seem-
ingly so contradictory, into a kind of absolute
reality, a surreality,
if
one
may so speak.
is
in quest of this
surreality
t ha t I
am
going,
c erta in n ot to fin d it
bu t
too
unmindful of
my
death not to calculate to some slight degree
the
joys
of
its possession.
SURREALISM n Psychic automatism in its
pure
state, bywhich one proposes to express-
verbally, by
means
of the written word, o r in
any other
manner t he
actual functioning
of
thought. Dictated by thought,
in
the absence
of any control exercised by reason, exempt
from any aesthetic or moral concern.
ENCYCLOPEDIA Philosophy
Surrealism is
based
on
the belief
in
the superior reality of
certain forms of previously neglected associa-
tions,
i n t he
omnipotence
of
dream,
in
the
disinterested play of thought. tends to
ruin
once and for all other psychic
mechanisms
and
to substitute itselffor
them
solving all the
principal problems
of
life.
Translatedfrom the French by Richard Seaver and
Helen R. Lane. Published in Andre Breton,
an ifestoes
urrealism The University
of
Michigan Press, Ann
Arbor, 1974, Copyright © 1969 by The University
of Michigan. Reprinted with permission.
5
Grant
Wood
volt
Against
th
City excerpts
I9
In short, America has
turned
introspective.
Whether or not one adopts the philosophy of
the America Self-Contained group, it is cer
tain that
the
Depression Era has stimulated us
to a reevaluation
of
our resources in both art
and economics,
and
that this
turning of our
eyes inward
upon
ourselves has awakened us
to values which were little known before the
grand crash
of 9 9 and
which are chiefly
non-urban.
debts
by
European nations, the reaction
against entangling alliances which followed
upon PresidentWilson s effort to bring this
country into
the
League
of
Nations,
and
the depression propaganda for America
Self-Contained.
But one does not need to be an isolationis t
to recognize the good which our artistic and
literary secession from Europe
has
done for us.
For example, until fifteen years ago it was
to the more American village and country life.
Paris is
no
longer
the
Mecca
of the
American
artist. The American public, which used to be
interested solely
in
foreign
and
imitative work,
has readily acquired a strong interest
in
the
distinctly ingenious work of its own land; and
our
buyers
of
paintings
and
patrons
of
art
have naturally and honestly fallen in with the
movement awayfrom Paris and the American
pseudo-Parisians.
It
all constitutes
not
so
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 165/191
Mr. Carl Van Doren has pointed out the
interesting fact that America rediscovers her
self every thirty years or so. About once in each
generation, directed by political or economic
or
artistic impulses, we have re-evaluated or rein
terpreted ourselves.
It
happened in 1776,
of
course,
and
again a generation later with
the
Louisiana Purchase and subsequent explo
rations and the beginnings of a national litera
ture.
It
came again with
the
expansion
of
the
Jacksonian era
in
the eighteen-thirties, accom
panied by a literary flowering not only in New
England but in various frontier regions. It was
marked
in
the period immediately after
ou r
Civil War,
when
Emerson observed that a new
map
of
America had been unrolled before us.
In the expansionis t period at the
turn of
the
century, shortly after the Spanish War when
the
United States found
herself
a full-fledged
world power, we
had
a new discovery of
resources
and
values. And now, with another
thirty-year cycle, it comes again.
It
is always
slightly different, always complex in its causes
and phenomena
bu t
happily it is always
enlightening.
Moreover, these periods of national awaken
ing to our own resources have always been
in
some degree reactions from foreign relation
ships. These reactions are obvious even to the
casual reader of history and need not be lis ted
here except as to their bearings on the present
rediscovery. Economic
and
political causes
have contributed in these days to
turn
us away
from Europe high
tariffwalls, repudiation of
5
practically impossible for a painter to be recog
nized as an artist
in
America without having
behind
him
the prestige of training either in
Paris or Munich, while today the American
artist looks
upon
a trip to Europe as any touris t
looks
upon
i t not
as a
means
of
technical
training
or
a
method of
winning
an
art reputa
tion,
but
as a valid way to get perspective by
foreign travel. This is a victory for American
art
of
incalculable value. The long domination
of
our
own art by Europe,
and
especially by the
French, was a deliberately cultivated commer
cial
activity a business and dealers connect
ed
with the larger New York galleries played
into the hands of the French promoters
because they themselves found such a connec
tion profitable.
But sweeping changes have come over
American culture
in
the last few years. The
Great Depression has taught us many things,
and not the least
of them
is self-reliance. has
thrown down the Tower
of
Babel erected
in
the
years
of
a false prosperity; it has sent
men
and
women
back to the land; i t has causedus to
rediscover some of the old frontier virtues. In
cutting us
off
from traditional
but
more artifi
cial values, it has thrown us back upon certain
true
and
fundamental things which are distinc
tively ours to
use
and to exploit.
But painting has declared its independence
from Europe, and is retreating from the cities
much
a revolt against French technique as
against
the
adoption
of the
French mental
attitude
and
the use
of
French subject matter
which he can best interpret because
he
knows
it best. An American way
of
looking at things,
and
a utilization
of
the
materials
of
our
own
American scene.
This is no
mere
chauvinism. If it is patriot
ic, it is so because a feeling for one s own
milieu and for the validity of one s own life
and
its surroundings is patriotic. Certainly I
prefer to think
of
it, not in terms
of
sentiment
at all,
but
rather as a common-sense utilization
for art
of
native materials an
honest
reliance
of the artist
upon
subject matter which he can
best interpret because he knows it best.
Because
of
this new emphasis
upon
native
materials,
the
artist no longer finds it neces
sary to migrate even to New York, or to seek
any great metropolis.
No
longer is it necessary
for him to suffer the confusing cosmopoli
tanism, the noise, the too intimate gregarious
ness
of the
large city. True,
he
may travel,
he
may observe, he may study
in
various environ
ments,
in
order to develop his personality
and
achieve backgrounds and a perspective; but
this need be little
more than
incidental to
an
educative process that centers in his own
home
region.
As for my own
region the
great farming
section of the Middle West I find it, quite
contrary to the prevailing Eastern impression,
not
a drab country inhabited by peasants,
but
a
various, rich land abounding
in
painting mate
rial. It does not, however, furnish scenes of the
picture-postcard type that one too often finds
in New Mexico or further West, and some
times in New England. Its material seems to
me to be more sincere and honest, and to gain
in depth
by having to be
hunted
for. It is the
result
of
analysis,
and
therefore is less obscure
by picturesque surface quality. I find myself
But the very fact that
the
farmer is not h im
self
vocal makes
him
the richest kind of mater
ial for the writer and the artist.
He
needs
interpretation. Serious, sympathetic handling
of farmer-material offers a great field for the
careful worker. The life
of the farmer, engaged
in
a constant conflict with natural forces, is
essentially dramatic. The drouth
of
last Sum
me r
provided innumerable episodes of the
most gripping human interest. The nomadic
remarkable results i n the
brief
space
of
time
in which it was in operation. I should like to
see such encouragement to art work continued
and
expanded.
The
Federal Government should
establish regional schools for art instruction
to specially gifted students in connection with
universities or other centers
of
culture in
various sections.
But whatever may be the future course
of
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 166/191
becoming rather bored by quaintness. I lose
patience with the thinness of things viewed
from outside, or from a height. Of course, my
feeling for the genuineness of this Iowa scene
is doubtless rooted
in
the fact that I was
born
here and
have lived
here most
of
my life. I
shall not quarrel with the painter from New
Mexico, from further West, or from quaint
New England, ifhe differs with me; for ifhe
does so honestly, he doubtless has the same
basic feeling for his material that I have for
mine he
believes
in
its genuineness. After
all, all I con tend for is the sincere use
of
native
material by the artist who has command of it.
Central
and dominant
in
our
Midwestern
scene is the farmer. The depression, with
its farm strikes and the heroic attempts of
Government to find solutions for agrarian
difficulties, has emphasized for us all the fact
that the farmer is basic
in the economics
of
the
country and
further, that
he
is a human
being. The farm strikes, strangely enough,
caused little disturbance to the people of the
Middle West who were not directly concerned
in
them;
but
they did cause both surprise
and consternation in the East, far away as i t is
from the source of supplies. Indeed, the farm
strikes did much to establish the Midwestern
farmer in the Eastern estimation as a man
functioning as
an
individual capable
of
think
ing and feeling, a nd n ot a n oaf.
movements of cattlemen in Wisconsin,
in
South Dakota, and in other states, the great
dust storms, the floods following the drouth,
the milk strikes, the violent protests against
foreclosures,
the
struggles against dry-year
pests, the sacrifices forced
upon
once prosper
ous families all these elements
and
many
more are colorful, significant, and intensely
dramatic.
Let me
try to state
the
basic idea
of the
regional movement. Each section has a person
ality
of
its own, in physiography, industry,
psychology. Thinking painters
and
writers who
have passed their formative years in these
regions, will, by care-taking analysis, work
out
and interpret in their productions these vary
ing personalities. When the different regions
develop characteristics
of
their own, they will
come into competition with each other; and
out of this competition a rich American cul
ture will grow. It was
in
some
such manner
that Gothic architecture grew out of competi
tion between different French towns as to
which could build the largest and finest cathe
drals. And indeed the French Government
has sponsored a somewhat similar kind of
competition ever since Napoleon s time.
The germ of such a system for the United
States is to be found in the art work recently
conducted
under
the WP This was set
up
by geographical divisions, and it produced
the
regional competitions,
the
fact
of the
revolt
against the city is undeniable. Perhaps
but
few
would concur with Thomas Jefferson s charac
terization
of
cities as ulcers on the body
politic ; but, for the
moment
at least, much of
their lure is gone. Is this only a passing phase
of abnormal times? Having at heart a deep
desire for a widely diffused love for art among
our
whole people, I can only hope that the next
few years may see a growth of non urban
and
regional activity in the arts and letters.
Excerpts drawn from James M Dennis, Grant Wood A
Study in American t and Culture
University of Missouri
Press, Columbia I986. I975 and
I986
by James M
Dennis. Reprinted with permission.
avid mith
t tement
1935
The art ist has been the element of nature, and
the arbiter of nature; he who has sat
on
a cloud
and viewed it from afar, but at the same t ime
has identified
himself
as one
of
nature s parts.
The true art ist views nature from his own
time. The conflict with the audience is often
one
of
time-nature regard rather than art. The
hostile audience views nature in the rosy past.
The artist views nature expertly before making
his statement. The audience usually makes a
of other men. No man has seen what another
has not , or lacks the components and power
to assemble. is impossible to produce an
unperceiveable [sic] work. I believe only artists
truly
understand
art, because art is best under
stood by following the visionary path
of
the
creator who produces it. The Philistines will
not attempt the projection. A work
of
art is
produced by an expert. There must be expert
ness in its perception. There are degrees of
one rehearsed. The sculpture work is a state
ment of
my identity.
is a par t
of
my work
stream, related to
my
past works, the three or
four in process, and the work yet to come.
In
a
sense it is never finished. Only the essence is
stated, the key presented to the beholder for
further travel. My beliefin this direction is bet
ter stated by Picasso who once said, A picture
is not
thought
out and settled beforehand.
While i t is being done, i t changes as one s
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 167/191
prejudiced statement about nature before
view-
ing it inexpertly. This makes a breach even
before the mode
of
interpretation is consid
ered. The artist s creative position to nature is
much
the same as tha t of primitive man. He
does not take the scientific view
of
all impor
tant man and view nature as it.
He
is the
compassionate emotional man who is unques
tioning, who accepts
himself
as a par t of
nature viewing nature as thou.
I do not today recognize the lines drawn
between painting and sculpture aesthetically.
Practically, the law
of
gravity
is
involved, but
the sculptor is no longer limited to marble, the
monolithic concept, and classic fragments.
His conception
is
as free as that of the painter.
His wealth of response is as great as his drafts
manship. Plastically
he
is more related to
pagan cultures with directives from Cubism
and Constructivism. Modern tools
and
tech
nics grant the expression of complete self-iden
tity from origin of idea to material finish. His
work can show who
he
is, what
he
stands for,
with all the fluency
he
desires, for every step
and stroke is his own. The stream
of
time
and
the flow of art make it plain that no matter
what the sculptor s declaration or individual
vision,
he
cannot conceive outside his time.
His art conception takes place in dialectic
order. The flow
of
art, the time of
man
still
places
him
within his own period, out
of
which
he
cannot
fly and
within which all other
men
exist. For
no
object
he
has seen, no fantasy
he
envisions, no world he knows is outside that
expertness some
come close, some are
on
the fringe, some pretend; expertness naturally
applies to both the artists creating and the
audience response.
I was acquainted with metalworking before
studying painting.
When
my painting devel
oped into constructions leaving the canvas, I
was
then
a sculptor, with
no
formal training in
the sculpture tradition. When the constructions
turned
into metal lead brass,
aluminum
combined with stone and coral in
1932-
nothing technically was involved outside
of
factory knowledge. The
equipment
I use, my
supply
of material comes from factory study
and
duplicates as nearly as possible the pro
duction
equipment
used in making a locomo
tive. have
no
aesthetic interest in tool marks
or surface embroidery or molten puddles.
My aim in material function is the same as in
locomotive building: to arrive at a given func
tional form
in
the
most
efficient matter. The
locomotive method bows to no accepted theory
of
fabrication.
utilizes the respective merits
of casting, forging, riveting, arc and gas weld
ing, brazing, silver soldering.
combines
bolts, screws, shrink fits all because if their
respective efficiency
in
arriving at
an
object
or form in function.
I do notwork with a conscious and specific
conviction about a piece of sculpture.
is
always open to change and new association
should be a celebration, one of surprise, not
thoughts change. And when it is f inished it
still goes on changing, according to the state of
mind ofwhoever is looking at it. A picture
lives a life like a living creature, undergoing
the changes imposed on
us
by our own life
from day to day. This is natural , as the picture
lives only through the
man
who is looking at
it. There is
no
conceptual difference between
painting
and
sculpture. Both Picasso and
Matisse are sculptors
of
great origins. The
position of creating does not change for
them
just because the
medium
changes.
Originally published in veryday t uarterly (Minneapo
lis) no.
23
1952. Printed here with the permission
of
the
Walker Arts Center.
iet ondrian
Plastic Art and ur Plastic Art
Figurative Art and Nonfigurative Art
excerpts
1937
Today one is tired of the dogmas of the past
and of truths
once accepted
but
successively
jettisoned. One realizes
more and more
the
relativity of everything and therefore one
tends to reject
the
idea
of
fixed laws
of
a sin-
gle truth. This is very understandable
but
does not lead to profound vision. For there are
made laws discovered laws
but
also
laws a
truth
for all time. These are more or
less hidden in the reality which surrounds us
We live in a difficult but interesting epoch.
After a secular culture a
turning
point has
arrived; this shows itself
in
all the branches
of
human activity. Limiting ourselves here to sci-
ence and art we notice that just as
in
medi-
cine some have discovered the natural laws
relating to physical life
in
art some have dis-
covered the artistic laws relating to plastics. In
spite
of
all opposition these facts have become
movements. But confusion still reigns in
In life sometimes the spirit has been
overemphasized at
the
expense
of the
body
sometimes one has been preoccupied with the
body and neglected the spirit; similarly
in
art
content and form have alternately been overem-
phasized
or
neglected because
their inseparable
unity
has not been clearly realized.
To create this unity
in art balance the one
and the other must be cre ted
It is an achievement of
our
t ime to have
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 168/191
and
do
not
change. Not only science
but
art
also shows us that reality at first incompre-
hensible gradually reveals itself by the
mutual
relations that are
inherent in
things. Pure sci-
ence
and pure
art disinterested
and
free can
lead the advance
in
the recognition
of
the laws
which are based
on
these relationships. A great
scholar has recently said that pure science
achieves practical results for humanity. Simi-
larly one can say that
pure
art even
though
it
appear abstract can be
of
direct utility of life.
Art shows
us
that there are also constant
truths concerning forms. Every form every
line has its own expression. This objective
expression can be modified by
our
subjective
view
but
i t is
no
less
true
for that. Round is
always
round and
square is always square.
Simple though these facts are they often
appear to be forgotten in art. Many try to
achieve one and the same end by different
means. In
plastic art this is
an
impossibility.
In
plastic art it is necessary to choose
constructive
means
which are
of one
piece
with that which one wants to express.
Art makes us realize that there are fixed l ws
which
govern
and point
to the use the
construc-
tive elements the composition and the inher-
ent interrelationships between them These laws
may be regarded as subsidiary laws to the
fundamental
l w of equivalence which creates
dynamic equilibrium and
reve ls
the true content
reality
them. Through
science we are becoming
more
and
more conscious
of the
fact that
our
physi-
cal state depends in great measure on what
we eat on the
manner in
which our food is
arranged
and on
the physical exercise which
we take.
Through
art we are becoming more
and more conscious of the fact that the work
depends
in
large
measure on
the constructive
elements which we use
and on
the construc-
tion which we create. We will gradually realize
that we have not hitherto paid sufficient atten-
tion to constructive physical elements
in
their
relation to
the
human body
nor
to
the
con-
structive plastic elements
in
their relation to
art. That which we eat
has
deteriorated
through a refinement of natural produce. To
say this appears to invoke a return to a primi-
tive natural state and to be in opposition to the
exigencies
of
pure plastic art which degener-
ates precisely
through
figurative trappings. But
a
return
to
pure
natural
nourishment
does not
mean
a return to the state of primitive man; it
means on
the contrary
that
the cultured man
obeys the laws of nature discovered and
applied by science.
Similarly
i n n on
figurative art to recognize
and apply natural laws is not evidence
of
a ret-
rograde step; the pure abstract expression
of
these laws proves that the exponent of nonfig-
urative art associates
himself
with
the most
advanced progress and the mos t cultured
minds
that
he
is
an
exponent
of
a denatural-
ized nature of civilization.
approached towards
such
balance
in
a field
in
which disequilibrium still reigns.
Disequilibrium means conflict disorder.
Conflict is also a part of life and of art but i t is
notthe
whole
oflife
or universal beauty. Real
life is the mutual interaction
two oppositions
the same value but a different
spect
and
nature
Its plasticexpression is
universal
beauty.
I t is not enough to explain the value of a
work
of
art
in
itself; it is above all necessary to
show
the pl ce which a work occupies on the
sc le
the evolution
plastic
rt Thus in speaking
of art it is
not
permissible to say this is how
I see it
or
this is my idea. True art like
true
life takes a single ro d
The laws which
in
the culture of art have
become more and more determinate are the
gre t
hidden
l ws
nature which art
est blishes
in its own fashion
It is necessary to stress
the
fact that these laws are
more
or less
hidden
behind the
superficial aspect
of
nature.
Abstract art is therefore opposed to a natural
representation of things. But it is not opposed to
nature as is generally thought. It is opposed to
the raw primitive animal nature of man but it
is one with true human nature. It is opposed
to the conventional laws created
during
the
culture
of
the particular form
but
i t is one with
the laws of the culture of pure relationships.
First and foremost there is
the
fundamental
law
of dynamic equilibrium
which is opposed
7
to the static equilibrium necessitated by the
particular form.
The important task
then
of all a rt is to
destroy the static equilibrium by establishing
a dynamic one. Nonfigurative art demands an
attempt of what is a consequence of this task
the
destruction of
particular form
and the
construction of
a
rhythm of mutual
relations
of mutual
forms
of
free lines. We
must
bear
in
mind however a distinction between these
two forms of equilibrium
in
order to avoid
constructive forms
then
by
the mutual
rela
tions
of
these forms.
Through
the clarity
and
simplicity
of
neutral forms
non
figurative art
has made the rectangular relation more
and more determinate until finally it has
established it through free lines which inter
sect
and
appear to form rectangles.
In pure
plastic art the significance
of
different forms and lines is very important; it
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 169/191
confusion; for when we speak of equilibrium
pure and simple we may be for and at the
same time against a balance
in
the work
of
art. is
of
the greatest importance to note the
destructive-constructive quality
of
dynamic
equilibrium.
Then
we shall
understand
that
the equilibrium of which we speak
in
nonfigu
rative art is not without movement of action
but
is on the contrary a continual movement.
We then understand also the significance of
the name constructive art.
The fundamental law of dynamic equilibri
um
gives rise to a
number of
the
other
laws
which relate to the constructive elements
and
their relations. These laws determine the man
ner in
which dynamic equilibrium is achieved.
The relations of position and those of dimension
both have their own laws. Since the relation of
the rectangular position is constant it will be
applied whenever the work demands the
expression of stability; to destroy this stability
there is a law that relations
of
a changeable
dimension-expression
must
be substituted.
The fact that all
the
relations
of
position except
the
rectangular
one
lack that stability also cre
ates a law which we
must
take into account if
something is to be established in a determi
nate manner Too often right and oblique
angles are arbitrarily employed.
ll
art express
es the rectangular relationship even though
this may
not
be
in
a determinate
manner;
first
by the height
and
width of the work
and
its
is precisely this fact which makes it pure.
In order that art may be really abstract in
other words
that
it should
not
represent rela
tions with the natural aspect
of
things the law
of
denaturalization
of
matter
is
of
fundamental
importance. In painting the primary color that
is as pure as possible realizes this abstraction
of natural color. But color is in the present
state of technique also the best means for
denaturalizing
matter in the
realm of abstract
constructions
in
three dimensions; technical
means
are as a rule insufficient.
All art has achieved a certain
measure
of
abstraction. This abstracion has become more
and more
accentuated until
in pure
plastic
art not only a transformation of form
but
also
of
matter be it through technical
means
or
through
color a
more or
less neutral expres
sion is attained.
According to
our
laws it is a great mistake
to believe that
one
is practicing nonfigurative
art by merely achieving neutral forms
or
free
lines and determinate relations. For in com
posing these forms one
runs the
risk
of
a
figurative creation that is to say one or
more
particular forms.
Nonfigurative art is created by establishing
a dynamic rhythm of determinate mutual relations
which excludes theformation
of
ny
particular
form
We note thus that to destroy particular
form is only to do more consistently what all
art has done.
Originally published in Martin Nicholson and Cabo Cir-
le
Faber Faber London 1937. Printed in Herschel B
Chipp Theories and Documents
of
Modern Art: A Source
Book by Artists n Critics University of California Press
Berkeley and
Los
Angeles 1968. Copyright © 1968
by
The Regents
of
the University
of
California. Reprinted
with permission.
dolph ottlieb and Mark Rothko
t tement
1943
To the artis t
the
workings
of
the critical
mind
is one
oflife s
mysteries. That is why, we sup
pose, the artist s complaint that he is misun
derstood, especially by the critic, has become a
noisy commonplace. It is therefore an event
w he n t he w or m t ur ns a nd
the critic quietly, yet
publicly, confesses his befuddlement, that
he
is nonplused before our pictures at the feder
ation show. We salute this honest, we
might
say cordial, reaction toward our obscure
paintings, for i n o th er critical quarters we
We feel that
our
pictures demonstrate
our
aesthetic beliefs, some
of
which we,
therefore, list:
To us art is an adventure into an
unknown world, which can be explored only by
those willing to take the risks.
2.
This world of the imagination is fancy
free and violently opposed to
common
sense.
3
It
is
our
function as artis ts to make the
spectator see the world our way not his way.
4. We favor the simple expression of the
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 170/191
seem
to have created a bedlam
of
hysteria. And
we appreciate the gracious opportunity that is
being offered us to present our views.
We do
not intend
to defend
our
pictures.
They make their own defense. We consider
them
clear statements. Your failure to dismiss
or disparage
them
is
prima facie
evidence that
they carry some communicative power. We
refuse to defend
them
not because we cannot.
It is
an
easy
matter
to explain to the befuddled
that The Rape
Persephone [by Adolph Got
tlieb] is a poetic expression
of
the essence
of
the myth; the presentation of the concept of
seed
an d
its earth with all the brutal implica
tions; the impact of elemental truth. Would
you have us present this abstract concept, with
all its complicated feelings, by means of a boy
and girl lightly tripping?
It
is just as easy to explain The Syrian ull
[by Mark Rothko] as a new interpretation of
an
archaic image, involving unprecedented distor
tions. Since art is timeless, the significant ren
dition of a symbol, no matter how archaic, has
as full validity today as the archaic symbol
had
then. Or is the one 3 0 0 0 years old truer?
No possible set of notes can explain our
paintings. Their explanation must come out
of
a
consummated
experience between picture
and
onlooker. The point at issue, it
seems
to
us, is not an explanation of the paintings,
but
whether
the
intrinsic ideas carried within
the frames of these pictures have significance.
complex thought. We are for the large shape
because it has the impact of the unequivocal.
We wish to reassert the picture plane. We are
for flat forms because they destroy illusion
and
reveal truth.
5 It is a widely accepted notion among
painters that it does not matter what one
paints as long as i t is well painted . This is the
essence of academism. There is no such thing
as a good painting about nothing. We assert
that the subject is crucial
and
only that subject
matter is valid which is tragic and timeless.
That is why we profess spiritual kinship with
primitive and archaic art.
Consequently,
if our
work embodies these
beliefs it must
insult anyone
who is spiritually
attuned
to interior decoration; pictures for the
home; pictures for over the mantel; pictures
of
the American scene; social pictures; purity in
art; prize-winning potboilers;
the
National
Academy, the Whitney Academy, the Corn Belt
Academy; buckeyes; trite tripe, etc.
A response to remarks by the art critic Edward Alden
Jewell on their paintings in the Federation
of
Modern
Painters and Sculptors exhibition held in New York at
Wildenstein Gallery, June 1943. The statementwas origi
nally published in Mr. Jewell s column
in
T he New Y ork
Times June 13 1943. Printed in Herschel B.Chipp, Theories
and Documents Modem rt Source ook by rtists and
Critics University of California Press, Berkeley and Los
Angeles, 1968. Copyright 1968
by
The Regents of the
University of California. Reprinted with permission.
159
ark othko
aintVery arge
ictures
9
I paint very large pictures. I realize that histori-
cally the function
of
painting large pictures
is painting something very grandiose and
pompous. The reason I paint them however-
I think it applies to other painters I
know
is precisely because I want to be very intimate
and
human.
To paint a small picture is to
place yourselfoutside your experience to look
upon an
experience as a stereopticon view
with a reducing glass. However you paint the
larger pictures you are in it. It is something
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 171/191
you command.
Excerpt from A Symposium on Howto Combine Archi-
tecture Painting and Sculpture Interiors lIO no.
10
May
1951, p.
10+
1951
Interiors
1995 Kate Rothko Prizel
and Christopher Rothko/Artists Rights Society ARS), New
York. Printed in Kristine Stiles and Peter Selz Theories
and ocuments Contemporary Art: A Sourcebook Artists
Writings
University of California Press Berkeley Lose
Angeles London 1996. Printedwith permission.
r
samu oguchi
culptor s World
19
68
My regard for stone as the basic
element of
sculpture is related to my involvement with
gardens. My own work, I feel, is renewed each
t ime I work
in either periodic
activities that
thread my life. With earth as with stone, it
is the most physical involvement, to which I
return
with zest.
..
Why do I continuously go back to Japan,
except to renew my contact with the earth?
There still remains unbroken the familiarity
with earthly materials and the skill of the
floating world
through
consciousness
of
sheer invisible mass.
At
t imes I
am
deluded
into thinking that the meaning of sculptures
may be defined. Is it
not
the awareness
of
an
inner
reality, such as this, of which sculpture
is a reflection and a sign? The heavenly bodies
floating
in the firmament
are all connected, by
gravitational forces that link
them
one to the
other
to attract
and
repel. Earthbound
though
we are, we are free to move about its surface,
like filings on a magnet.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 172/191
Japanese hands. How exquisitely functional
are their traditional tools. Soon these, too, will
be displaced by
the
machine.
In
the
meantime
I go there l ike a beggar or a thief, seeking the
last
warmth
of
the earth.
How limited I find my own abilities, always
seeming to become less than before. My
schooling has
been
only that
of
long experi-
ence; learning from each new piece a fresh
insight discovery that leads
me
always to the
next
and
the next, occasionally with a shock
of
recognition an
accident, perhaps, dragged
out
of
some unconscious memory. What is
the artist
but
the channel through which spirit
descends ghosts visions, portents, the tin-
kling
of bells.
I
remember
a conversation I once
had
with
Suzuki Daisetsu,
the
great
Zen
expositor,
on
the train from Kyoto to Tokyo. I
had
said that
in the West the ideal was to triumph over grav-
ity,
and
that in doing a rock garden
in
America
it would be logical to have the rocks them-
selves levitate as I was then doing in the
Chase Manhattan Garden .
He
replied, Ah,
that is why they will eventually have to come
back to us. Did
he
include
m e i n
us ?
In
Japan
the
rocks
in
a garden are so planted
as to suggest a protuberance from the primor-
dial mass below. Every rock gains enormous
weight,
and
that is why the whole garden may
be said to be a sculpture, whose roots are
joined way below. We are made aware of this
New concepts of the physical world and of
psychology may give insight into knowledge,
but the
visible world,
in human
terms, is
more
than
scientific truths. enters
our
conscious-
ness as emotion as well as knowledge; trees
grow
in
vigor, flowers
hang
evanescent, and
mountains lie
somnolent with
meaning. The
promise of sculpture is to project these inner
presences into forms that can be recognized as
important and meaningful
in
themselves. Our
heritage is now the world. Art for the first time
may be said to have a world consciousness.
My own contradictions enhanced perhaps
by my mixed parentage, are probably shared by
most
artis ts to some degree. We all look to the
past
and
to the future to find ourselves. Here
we f ind a hint that awakens us, there a path
that someone like
us
once walked.
I have
been
fortunate
in
the people I
met
at
critical junctures who inspired my choices.
Were they chance? After each bout with the
world I find myself returning chastened and
contented
enough
to seek, within the limits
of
a single sculpture, the world
Excerpts from
A Sculptor s World
foreword by R. Buck-
minster Fuller, Harper and
Row
New York, 1968. Printed
in Kristine Stiles
and
Peter Selz,
Theories and Documents
Contemporary Art: A ourcebook
Artists Writings Univer-
sity
of
California Press, Berkeley,
Los
Angeles, London,
1996. Printed with permission.
161
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 173/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 174/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 175/191
enry Wadsworth ongfellow
aul Revere s Ride
Listen
my
children,
and
you shall
hear
Of the midnight ride of Paul
Revere,
On the eighteenth ofApril, in Seventy jive;
Hardly a man
is
now
alive
Who remembers thatfamous day and year.
said to his
friend, lfthe British march
land or t o sea from
the town
to-night,
Hang a lantern aloft in the belfry arch
Of
the North Church
tower as
a signallight,
One, ifby land, and two, ifby sea;
And I on the opposite shore will
be,
Ready
to
ride and
spread
the alarm
Through every Middlesex village andfarm,
For the country folk
to be
up and to arm.
Wrapped in silence so deep and
still
That
he could
hear, like a sentinel's
tread,
The
watchfUl night-wind, as it went
Creeping alongfrom tent to tent,
And seeming
to
whisper, All
is
well
A moment
only
he ftels the spell
Of
the
place and
the
hour, and
the
secret dread
Of
the
lonely belfry
and
the
dead;
For suddenly all
his
thoughts are bent
On a shadowy somethingfar away,
Where
the
river widens to
meet the
bay -
A
line
of
black
that bends and floats
On the
rising
tide, like a bridge of boats.
It was twelve by the village clock,
When he
crossed
the bridge into Medford town.
He
heard the crowing of the
cock,
And
the
barking of
the
farmer's
dog,
Andftlt the damp of the riverfog,
That rises after the sun goes
down.
It
was
one
by
the village
clock,
When
he galloped
into Lexington.
saw
the
gilded
weathercock
Swim in the moonlight
as
he passed,
And
the
meeting-house
windows,
blank and bare,
Gaze at him with a spectral
glare,
As if they already stood aghast
At
the
bloody work
they
would
look
upon.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 176/191
Then
he
said,
Good night and with mu.ffled oar
Silently
rowed
to
the
Charleston shore,
Just
as
the moon
rose
over the bay,
Where
swinging wide at her moorings
lay
The Somerset, British man-ofwar;
A phantom
ship,
with each mast and
spar
Across the moon like a prison bar,
And a
huge black
hulk, that
was
magnified
its
own
reflection in
the tide.
Meanwhile,
his
friend, through
alley
and
street,
Wanders
and
watches
with
eager
ears,
Till in
the
silence around him he hears
The
muster
of
men at the barrack
door,
The sound ofarms, and the tramp offtet,
And the measured
tread
of
the grenadiers,
Marching
down to
their
boats on
the
shore.
Then
he
climbed the
tower of
the Old North Church,
By
the
wooden stairs, with stealthy tread,
To
the belfry-chamber
overhead,
And startled
the
pigeons from their perch
On the
sombre
rafters, that round him made
Masses and moving shapes of shade
the
trembling
ladder, steep
and
tall,
To
the highest window in the
wall,
Where he paused to
listen
and look
down
A moment
on
the
rooft
of
the town,
And the moonlight flowing over
all.
Beneath, in
the
churchyard, lay
the
dead,
In their night-encampment on the hill,
Meanwhile, impatient
to
mount and
ride,
Booted and spurred, with heavy stride
On the
opposite shore
walked Paul
Revere.
Now he padded his horse's side,
Now gazed at the landscape far and near,
Then, impetuous, stamped the earth,
And turned and tightened his saddle-girth;
But mostly he watched with eager search
The belfry-tower of
the
old
North
Church,
A s it
rose
above the graves on the hill,
Lonely
and
spectral
and
sombre
and
still.
And lo as
he looks,
on the belfry's height
A glimmer, and then a gleam of light
springs to
the
saddle,
the
bridle he turns,
But lingers and gazes, till fUll
on his
sight
A second lamp in the belfry burns
A hurry ofhooft in a
village street,
A shape in
the
moonlight, a bulk in the dark,
And beneath, from the pebbles, in
passing,
a
spark
Struck out
by
a steed flyingfearless and
fleet:
That was all And yet, through the gloom and the
light,
The fate ofa nation was riding that night;
And
the
spark struck out by
the
steed, in his flight,
Kindled the land intoflame with
its
heat.
He has
left the
village
and mounted
the steep,
And beneath him, tranquil and broad and
deep,
Is
the
Mystic,
meeting the
ocean
tides;
And under the
alders
that skirt
its
edge,
Now sof t on
the sand, now
loud on
the
ledge,
Is
heard
the tramp of
his
steed
as he
rides.
It
was two by
the
village clock,
When
he
came to the bridge in Concord town.
heard
the bleating
of
the flock,
And the twitter of birds among the trees,
Andftlt the breath
of
the morning
breeze
Blowing over the
meadows
brown.
And one was saft and
asleep
in his
bed
Who a t the bridge would
be
the first to fall,
Who that day would be lying dead,
Pierced by
a British musket-ball.
You know the rest. In the books you have
read,
How the British
Regulars
fired and
fled -
How
the farmers gave them ball for ball,
From
behind
each
fence and farm-yard
wall,
Chasing
the
red-coats down
the
lane,
Then
crossing the
fields
to
emerge
again
Under the trees
at the
turn of
the road,
And only passing to fire and
load.
So through the night
rode
Paul
Revere;
And so through
the
night went his cry ofalarm
To every
Middlesex village
andfarm
A cry of defiance and not offtar,
A
voice
in the darkness a knock at the
door,
And a word that shall
echo
forevermore
For,
borne
on
the night-wind
of
the Past,
Through all
our
history,
to the last,
In the hour
of
darkness
and peril and
need,
The people
will
waken and listen
to
hear
The hurrying hoofbeats
of
that
steed,
And the midnight message
of
Paul
Revere.
illiam arlos illiams
he re t
igure
Among
the
rain
and lights
I saw the figure 5
ingold
on a
red
firetruck
moving
tense
unheeded
to
gong clangs
siren howls
and wheels rumbling
through the dark city
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 177/191
Printed in William Carlos Williams
Collected
Poems
19°9 1939 vol 1
Copyright
1938
b y ew
Directions
Publishing Corp Reprinted by permission New Direc-
tions Publishing Corp
ngeborg achmann
ohemi
ies the ea
the houses here are green I ll step inside a
house.
the
bridges
here are
strong
I ll
walk on solid ground.
iflove s labor is lost in every age I d
like
to
lose it
here.
I m not the one
someone
is
he s
just as good
as
I.
a word borders
on
me here I ll
let
it border.
Bohemia
still
lies by the sea
I ll
believe in the sea.
And
I
believe
in the
sea
I can
hope
for land.
I m
the
one then anyone is
he s
worth
as
much
as
I want nothing more for myself.
Let
me go under now.
Underground-that means the ocean there I ll find Bohemia
again.
From my ruins I
wake
up in
peace.
From
deep
down I know and am not
lost.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 178/191
Come
here all
you Bohemians seamen harbor whores and
ships
unanchored. Don t
you
want to be Bohemians all you Illyrians
Venetians and Veronese.
Play
the
comedies
that make us laugh
to tears. And go astray a hundred times
as
I went astray and never stood
the trials.
Yet I did stand them each and every time.
As Bohemia stood them and one fine day
was pardoned to the sea and now
lies by
water.
I still border on a word and a
different land
I border like little else on everything more and more
a manfrom Bohemia a vagrant a player
who
has
nothing and whom nothing
holds
granted only by a questionable
sea
to gaze at
the
land o my
choice.
Translated by Mark Anderson From
In the Storm
o Roses:
Selected Poems by Ingeborg Bachmann
translated edited
and introduced by Mark Anderson Princeton University Press
Copyright
©
1986 by Princeton University Press Printed
wit
permission
6
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 179/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 180/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 181/191
Very Selective lance t
om
ey Historical vents
That Have Shaped Our Period
9°
Freud publishes nterpret tion
1939-45 World War II
1974
Nixon resigns U.S. presidency
reams
1943
Penicillin introduced as a drug
197
8 Personal computers available
Planck formulates quantum theory
First successful flights, Wright
1945
Atomic bomb dropped on
1979
Iranian Revolution
19°3
Hiroshima
Brothers
U.N.
founded
19
81
AIDS virus is recognized
19°5
Einstein formulates theory
of
1949
Communists led by Mao win
19
8
9
Tiananmen Square massacre
relativity in China in China
9°9
Ford introduces the assembly line
BerlinWall comes down
in
Detroit
1950-53 Korean War
Genetic code cracked
1989-91
Soviet bloc becomes patchwork of
19
Rutherford formulates theory
of
1953
independent states instead
of
one
positively charged atomic nucleus
1954
U.S. Supreme Court outlaws racial
monolithic union
19
12 Jung publishes
The Theory
segregation in U.S. public schools
99°
Reunification
of
Germany
sychoanalysis
McCarthy launches campaign denounc-
199
1 Persian GulfWar
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 182/191
Titanic sinks
ing communism
First hydrogen bomb (atomic fusion)
1994
African National Congress wins
19
1
3
The Armory Show (where
exploded
South African election; Mandela
Americans are introduced to a great
elected president
deal
of
avant-garde European art)
1955
Rosa Parks refuses to give
up
seat
on
Approximately 15 million people are
1914-18
World War I
bus in Montgomery, Alabama
now linked worldwide via computer on
19
1
7
Bolshevik Revolution
1957
First space satellite launched
the Internet, which began
in
the
I96 s
(Sputnik)
as a few linked computers.
Panama Canal opens
Hong Kong returned to China after
19
61
First manned space flight
1997
1920
First radio station begins regularly
being a British Colonyfor 153 years
scheduled broadcasts
19
6
3
John F. Kennedy assassinated
Scottish scientist Ian Wilmot clones a
19
22 Mussolini s Fascists seize Italian
19
68
Martin Luther King Jr. assassinated
sheep
government
Democratic convention in Chicago.
199
8
Articles
of
Impeachment voted against
19
2
5
Scopes found guilty
of
having taught
Clash between police and war
Clinton by U.S. House
of
evolution
in
high school protesters Representatives
19
28
First scheduled TV broadcasts in
19
6
9
First
manned
moon landing
1999
Articles of Impeachment against Clin-
the U.S.
Four Kent State students and two Jack
ton rejected by U.S. Senate
197°
19
2
9
Stock market crash in the U.S. World-
son State students are killed by Nation-
wide depression
al Guardsmen while demonstrating
Hitler seizes power in Germany
against the war in Vietnam
1933
First Earth
Day
April
Roosevelt proclaims New Deal
1973
Vietnam War ends
1935
Roosevelt establishes WPA and social
Roe versus Wade
security
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 183/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 184/191
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 185/191
Selected Sources for Further Information
SOURCES ND
DOCUMENTS
RTISTS
OWN
WRITINGS
Chipp,
Herschel B
compo
Theories of Modern
Art: A Source Book by Artists and Critics.
Berkeley: University
of
California Press,
19
68
.
Stiles, Kristine,
and
Peter Selz, eds.
Theories
and Documents of Contemporary Art: A
Sourcebook ofArtists Writings.
Berkeley:
University
of
California Press,
1996.
or
more sources
and documents see
individual artist s
sections
GENERAL OVERVIEWS OF THE
METROPOLITAN
MUSEUM S
COLLECTION
OF
TWENTIETH-
CENTURY
ART
Hamilton, George Heard. The Alfred Stieglitz
Collection.
Metropolitan Museum Journal
3
1970):
37
1
2
Lieberman, William
S
Lisa Mintz Messinger,
Sabine Rewald,
and
Lowery Stokes Sims.
Twentieth Century Art: Selectionsfrom the
Collection of The Metropolitan Museum ofArt.
Vol. I:
19°5-1945.
Vol.
2:
1945-1985.
New York:
The
Metropolitan
Museum
ofArt,
19
86
.
Messinger, Lisa Mintz. American Art: The
Edith
and
Milton Lowenthal Collection.
The Metropolitan Museum
of rt
Bulletin 54
no. I
Summer
1996).
Rewald, Sabine.
Twentieth Century Modern
Masters: The Jacques and Natasha Gelman
GENERAL BOOKS ABOUT
TWENTIETH CENTURY ART
Arnason, H. Harvard,
and
Marla
F
Prather.
History of Modern Art: Painting Sculpture
Architecture Photography.
4th ed. NewYork:
Abrams, 1997.
Barr, Alfred H., Jr. hat is Modern Painting?
New York:
The Museum
of Modern Art,
1943 first edition).
Davidson,
Abraham
A
Early American
Modernist Painting
1900-1935. New York:
Harper
Row, 1981.
Hughes,
Robert.
The Shock of the New.
Rev. ed.
New York: Knopf,
1996.
Kingsley, April.
The Turning Point: The Abstract
Expressionists and the Traniformation of
American Art.
New York:
Simon
Schuster,
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 186/191
Collection. Exh. cat.,
The
Metropolitan
Museum of
Art, New York,
1989.
Rosenblum,
Robert, Lowery Stokes Sims,
and
Lisa
Mintz
Messinger.
The Landscape in Twen
tieth-Century American Art: Selections
from
The
Metropolitan Museum ofArt.
Exh. cat., Ameri
can Federation of Arts and Rizzoli, New York,
1991.
Sims, Lowery Stokes. The Figure in Twentieth
Century American Art: Selectionsfrom The
Metropolitan Museum of Art.
Exh. cat.,
American Federation of Arts, New York,
19
8
4.
Sims, Lowery Stokes,
and
Sabine Rewald.
Still Lift: The Object in American Art 1915
1995 Selections from The Metropolitan Museum
of Art. Exh. cat., American Federation of Arts
and
Rizzoli, New York,
1996.
Thaw, Eugene Victor. The Abstract Expres
sionists.
The Metropolitan Museum
of rt
Bulletin
44, no. 3 Winter
1986-87).
199
2
.
Madoff, Steven Henry, ed. Pop
Art: A Critical
History. Berkeley: University of California
Press, 1997.
Polcari, Stephen. Abstract Expressionism
and the Modern Experience.
New York:
Cambridge University Press, 1991.
Rose, Barbara.
American
rt
Since
1900. Rev.
ed. NewYork: Praeger, 1975.
Russell, John.
The Meanings of Modern Art.
Rev.
ed. NewYork:
The
Museum of Modern Art
and Harper
Row, 1981.
Varnedoe, Kirk.
A Fine Disregard: What Makes
Modern
rt
Modern. New York: Abrams,
199°·
Wheeler, Daniel.
rt
Since Mid-Century: 1945
to
the Present.
New York: Vendome Press, 1991.
FURTHER RE DING
ON
SPE IFI RTISTS N WORKS
Pablo Picasso
Ashton, Dore, compo
Picasso
on
Art:
A Selection of
Views. New York:
DaCapo Press, 1972.
McCully, Marilyn, ed.
A
Picasso
Anthology:
Documents Criticism Reminiscences.
Princeton: Princeton University Press, 1981.
Picasso: The Man His Works the Legend. Grolier
(CD-ROM, Windows
and
Macintosh), 1997.
Richardson, John.
A
Life
of
Picasso.
Vol. I:
1881-
1906. Vol. 2: 19°7-1917. New York: Random
House, 1991 and 1996.
Rubin, William. Picasso
and
Braque:
Pioneering
Cubism.
Exh
cat., The Museum of Modern
Art, New York, 1989.
Ludington, Townsend. Marsden Hartley:
The
Biography of an American Artist.
Boston: Little Brown, 1992.
Femand
Leger
Kosinski, Dorothy, ed.
Femand
Leger
1911-1924:
The
Rhythm of Modem
Life. NewYork: Prestel,
1994·
Lanchner, Carolyn, et al
Femand
Leger.
Exh
cat., The Museum of Modern Art,
New York, 1998.
Paul Klee
Duchting, Hajo. Paul Klee:
Painting
Music.
New York: Prestel, 1997.
Klee Paul.
Pedagogical
Sketchbook. 2d ed.
New York: Praeger, 1953
Haskell, Barbara. Charles
Demuth.
Exh cat.,
The Whitney
Museum of
American Art,
New York, 1987.
Marling, William.
William
Carlos
Williams
and the Painters
19°9-1923. Athens, Ohio:
Ohio University Press, 1982.
Georgia O Keeffe
Cowart, Jack, and Juan Hamilton, eds.
Georgia O KeqJe: Art and
Letters. Exh
cat.,
National Gallery ofArt, Washington, D.C.,
19
8
7
Hassrick, Peter H., ed. The Georgia O Keeffe
Museum.
New York: Abrams, 1997
Messinger, Lisa Mintz. Georgia O Keeffe.
The
Metropolitan Museum ofArt Bulletin 42
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 187/191
Stein, Gertrude. The
Autobiography
of
Alice
Toklas. New York: Random House, 1990.
Henri
Matisse
Elderfield, John. Henri Matisse: A Retrospective.
Exh cat., The Museum of Modern Art, New
York,199
2
.
Flam, Jack D., ed. Matisse on Art. Berkeley:
University of California Press, 1995.
Wassily Kandinsky
Hahl-Koch, Jelena.
Kandinsky.
New York:
Rizzoli, 1993.
Lindsay, Kenneth
c
and Peter Vergo, eds.
Kandinsky: Writings on Art.
New York:
DaCapo Press, 1994.
Messer, Thomas M
Vasily Kandinsky.
New
York: Abrams, 1997.
Giorgio de Chirico
De Chirico, Giorgio.
The Memoirs
of Giorgio de
Chirico. Translated by Margaret Crosland,
Coral Gables, Fla.: University of Miami Press,
1971
Rubin, William, ed.
De
Chirico: Essays. New
York: The Museum
of
Modern Art, 1982.
Marsden Hartley
Scott, Gail R ed. The Collected Poems
of
Marsden Hartley 19°4-1943. Santa Rosa,
Calif.: Black Sparrow Press, 1987.
Hartley, Marsden.
On Art.
Edited by Gail Scott.
New York: Horizon Press, 1982.
Lanchner, Carolyn, ed.
Paul Klee.
Exh cat.,
The Museum of Modern Art, New York,
19 8
7
Rewald, Sabine.
Paul Klee:
The Berggruen
Klee
Collection in
The
Metropolitan Museum ofArt.
Exh cat., The Metropolitan Museum
of
Art,
New York, 1988.
Piet Mondrian
Bois, Yve-Alain, et al Piet
Mondrian 1872-1944.
Exh
cat., Leonardo Arte, Milan, 1994-
Holtzman, Harry, and Martin S James, eds.,
trans. The New rt The
New Life:
The
Collected
Writings
of Piet
Mondrian.
Boston:
G
K Hall, 1986.
Constantin Brancusi
Bach, Friedrich Teja, Margit Rowell,
and
nn
Temkin.
Constantin Brancusi: 1876-1957.
Exh cat., Philadelphia Museum
of
Art, 1993.
Tacha, Athena. Brancusi s
Birds. NewYork:
New York University Press, 1969.
Joan Mir6
Lanchner, Carolyn.
Joan
Mira. Exh cat.,
The Museum of Modern Art, New York,
1993·
Rowell, Margit, ed.
Joan
Mira: Selected
Writings
and Interviews.
Boston:
G
K Hall, 1986.
Charles emuth
Frank, Robin Jaffee. Charles
Demuth:
Poster Portraits 1923-1929. Exh cat., Yale
University Art Gallery, New Haven, 1994.
no. 2 (Fall 1984).
Grant Wood
Corn, Wanda
M
Grant Wood: The Regionalist
Vision. Exh cat., Yale University Press,
New Haven, 1983.
Roberts, Brady
M Grant
Wood:
nAmerican
Master Revealed. Exh cat., Davenport
Museum ofArt, Davenport, Iowa, 1995.
Stuart Davis
Kelder, Diane, ed.
Stuart
Davis. New York:
Praeger, 1971
Sims, Lowery Stokes.
Stuart
Davis:
American
Painter. Exh cat., The Metropolitan Museum
of
Art, New York, 1991.
Willem de Kooning
Prather, Marla F
Willem
de Kooning:
Paintings.
Exh cat., National Gallery ofArt, Washing
ton,
D
c 1994.
Scrivani, George, ed. The Collected
Writings
of Willem de Kooning.
New York:
Hanuman
Books, 1988.
Arshile Gorky
Auping, Michael, et al
Arshile
Gorky: The
Breakthrough Years Exh cat., Modern Art
Museum of Fort Worth, Fort Worth, Tex.,
1995·
Rand, Harry.
Arshile
Gorky: The
Implications
of Symbols.
Montclair,
N
J : Allanheld
Schram, 1980.
Waldman, Diane. Arshile Gorky 19°4-1948:
A
Retrospective. Exh cat., Solomon R
Guggenheim Museum, New York, 1981.
Alberto Giacometti
Lord James. Giacometti: A Biography
New York: Farrar Straus Giroux 1985.
Schneider Angela ed. Alberto Giacometti:
Sculpture Paintings
Drawings
Translated
by
Elizabeth Clegg. New York: Prestel 1994-
Sylvester David. Looking at Giacometti.
London: Chatto Windus 1994
Jackson Pollock
Landau Ellen G Jackson Pollock New York:
Abrams 1989.
Varnedoe Kirk. Jackson
Pollock Exh
cat.
The Museum of Modern Art New York
199
8
.
David Smith
Ellsworth Kelly
Diane Waldman ed.
Ellsworth Kelly:
A
Retro-
spective
Exh. cat. Solomon
R
Guggenheim
Museum
New York 1996
Romare Bearden
Campbell Mary Schmidt
and
Sharon F
Patton. Memory and Metaphor:
The
Art o
Romare Bearden
194° 1987.
Exh cat. Studio
Museum in
Harlem
and Oxford University
Press New York 1991.
Schwartzman Myron.
Romare Bearden:
His Life
B
Art. New York: Abrams
1990
J
ames
Rosenquist
Brundage Susan ed. James Rosenquist:
The Big
Paintings Thirty
Years Leo Castelli
Exh. cat.
Anselm Kiefer
Rosenthal Mark Lawrence. Anselm
Kieftr Exh
cat.
The
Art Institute of Chicago 1987.
Rosenthal Nan.
Anselm Kiifer: Works on Paper
1969 1993.
Exh
cat.
The
Metropolitan
Museum of Art New York 1998.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 188/191
Carmean E
A
David Smith. Exh cat. National
Gallery of Art Washington D.C. 1982.
Gray Cleve ed.
David Smith.
New York:
Holt Rinehart Winston 1968.
Wilkin Karen.
David Smith.
New York:
Abbeville Press 1984
Edward
Hopper
Edward Hopper: A Catalogue Raisonni.
New York: Whitney Museum
of
American
Art and W W Norton 1995.
Levin Gail.
Edward Hopper: n
Intimate
Biography
New York: Knopf 1995.
Jasper Johns
Rosenthal Nan and Ruth E Fine. The
Drawings o JasperJohns Exh cat. National
Gallery
of
Art Washington
1990
Varnedoe Kirk. JasperJohns: A Retrospective
Exh cat. The Museum of Modern Art
New York
1996
Varnedoe Kirk ed and Christel Hollevoet
compo Jasper Johns: Writings Sketchbook
Notes
Interviews New York: The Museum of
Modern Art and Abrams 1996.
Mark Rothko
Tate Gallery. Mark Rothko:
19°3 197°.
Exh
cat. Tate Gallery London 1987.
Waldman Diane. Mark Rothko in
New York
New York: Solomon R Guggenheim
Museum
1994.
Weiss Jeffrey. Mark Rothko.
Exh
cat. National
Gallery
of
Art Washington D.C. 1998.
Leo Castelli Gallery
and
Rizzoli New York
1994·
Goldman Judith.
James Rosenquist.
New York:
Viking 1985.
Red Grooms
Stein Judith
E
John Ashbery
and
Janet K
Cutler. Red
Grooms:
A
Retrospective 1956 1984-
Exh. cat. Pennsylvania Academy
of
the Fine
Arts Philadelphia 1985.
Andy Warhol
Honnef Klaus.
Andy Warhol: Commerce into
Art.
Cologne: Benedikt Taschen 1993.
MacCabe Colin ed.
Who
Is
Andy Warhol?
London: British Film Institute and
The
Andy
Warhol
Museum
1997.
McShine Kynaston ed. Andy Warhol:
A Retrospective Exh
cat. The
Museum of
Modern Art New York 1989.
Isamu Noguchi
Apostolos Cappadona Diane and Bruce
Altshuler eds.
Isamu Noguchi: Essays and
Conversations. New York: Abrams
and
The [samu
Noguchi Foundation 1994.
Ashton Dore.
Noguchi
East
and
West
New York: Knopf 1992
Isamu Noguchi: Retrospective 1992 Exh
cat.
National
Museum of
Modern Art Tokyo
1992.
Chuck Close
Storr Robert. Chuck
Close Exh
cat.
The Museum
of
Modern Art New York
199
8
.
CHILDREN S
OO S
Ball, Jacqueline, and Catherine Conant.
Georgia
KeeiJe:
Painter o the Desert.
New York: Blackbirch Press, 199I.
Beardsley, John.
First
Impressions:
Pablo
Picasso.
New York: Abrams, 199I.
Gherman
Beverly.
Georgia O KeeiJe:
The Wildness and Wonder o Her World.
New York: Atheneum, 1986.
Greenberg, Jan, and Sandra Jordan.
The
Painter s Eye: Learning to
Look
at Contemporary
American Art. New York: Delacorte Press,
199I.
Greenberg, Jan, and Sandra Jordan.
The
Sculptor s Eye: Learning to
Look
at Contempo
rary American Art.
New York: Delacorte Press,
1993·
VIDEOGR PHY
We advise all educators to preview these videos
before integrating them into lesson plans.
Onlyyou can be the judge of what materials
are best for your needs. Sometimes, biogra
phies of individual artists contain sensitive
information. You may elect to show all or
parts
of
a given tape.
Romare Bearden: Visual Jazz. L S Video
Enterprises, U.S., 1995. (28 min.)
Willem de Kooning. National Gallery of Art,
U.S., 1994-
12
min.)
Arshile Gorky. Strokes of Genius. Cort produc
tions, U.S., 1982. (29 min.)
Red
Grooms: Sunflower in a Hothouse. Polaris
The
Age
o
Anxiety. American Visions, Video
8. BBC-TVand Time; Great Britain and
U.S., 1996. 57 min.) Companion book and
CD-ROM available.
The Empire o Signs. American Visions, Video
7. BBC-TV
and
Time; Great Britain
and
U.S.,
1996. 57
min.)
Companion
book and
CD-ROM available.
New Ways o Seeing: Picasso
Braque
and the
Cubist Revolution. Philip Morris, Inc., and
The Museum of Modern Art, U.S., 1989.
58 min.)
Painters Painting:
The
N ew York Art Scene
1940 1970 Turin
Film Corporation, U.S.,
1972. (II6 min.) Companion CD-ROM
available.
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 189/191
Muhlberger, Richard. What Makes a
Picasso
a Picasso?
New York:
The
Metropolitan
Museum
of
Art
and
Viking, 1994
Munthe, Nelly.
Meet Matisse.
Boston: Little,
Brown, 1983.
Tobias, Tobi. Isamu Noguchi: The Lift o a
Sculptor.
New York:
Thomas Y.
Crowell
Company, 1974.
Turner, Robyn Montana. Georgia O Kee.ffe.
Boston: Little, Brown, 199I.
Von Schemm, Jurgen. Dreaming Pictures:
Paul
Klee. New York: Prestel, 1997.
Woolf, Felicity.
Picture This Century:
n
Introduction
to
Twentieth-Century Art.
New York: Delacorte Press, 1992.
Entertainment, Inc., U.S., 1986.
21
min.)
Jasper Johns: Ideas in Paint.
American Masters.
RM
Arts; WHYY, Inc. Productions;
and
WNET/New York, U.S., 1992. 56 min.)
Kandinsky. Portrait of an Artist. RM Arts and Le
Centre Georges Pompidou, France, and Bay
erischer Rundfunk, Germany, 1986.
55
min.)
Klee. Academic and Entertainment Video, Italy
and U.S., 1992.
25
min.)
Matisse
Voyages.
Portrait of an Artist. RM Arts,
Le
Centre Georges Pompidou, and
La
Sept,
France, 1988. 58 min.)
Mir6:
Theatre o Dreams. Portrait of an Artist.
RM
Arts
and
BBC-TV, Great Britain, 1978.
57 min.)
Piet
Mondrian:
Mr. Boogie
Woogie Man. RM
Arts
and
BBC-TV Great Britain,
1996.
Isamu Noguchi. Portrait of an Artist. Whitegate
Productions, Ltd., U.S., 1980. 56 min.)
Georgia O Kee.ffe. Portrait of an Artist.
WNET/Channel 13 U.S., 1977. (60 min.)
Picasso.
Portrait of an Artist.
RM
Arts and
Musee Picasso, France, 1985. 81 min.)
Jackson Pollock.
Portrait
of an
Artist. London
Weekend South Bank Show
and
RM Arts,
Great Britain, 1987.
52
min.)
In Search o Mark Rothko. Strokes of Genius.
Cort Production, U.S., 1982. (22 min.)
David Smith:
Steel
into Sculpture. Strokes
of
Genius. Cort Production, U.S., 1983.
58 min.)
Andy Warhol. Portrait of an Artist. RM Arts,
Great Britain, 1987. (78 min.)
Streamlines and Breadlines. American Visions,
Video 6 . BBC-TV
and
Time; Great Britain
and
U.S., 1996.
57
min.)
Companion
book
and CD-ROM available.
A Wavefrom the Atlantic. American Visions,
Video 5. BBC-TV and Time; Great Britain
and U.S., 1996. 57 min.) Companion book
and CD-ROM available.
Video Suppliers
Direct
Cinema
Limited, Inc., P.O.
Box
10003,
Santa Monica,
CA
9°410 (ph: 800/525-0000
or 3ro/396-4774,
fax:
3ro/636-8228).
Donnell Library Center,
The
New York Public
Library, 20 West 53rd St., New York, NY
roo18 (ph: 212/621-0642).
European Video Library, 433 East 51st St.,
Suite 4A, New York, NY 10022.
Home Vision, 5546 North Ravenswood, Chica
go,
IL
60640 (ph: 800/826-3456 or 778/878
2600 fax: 778/878-8648).
L
S Video, Inc., 45 Stornowaye, Chappaqua,
NY 10514-
Museum of
Modern Art Circulating Film
Library, II West 53rd St., New York,
NY
10019 (ph: 212/708-9530, fax: 212/708-9531).
Mystic Fire Video, Inc., 524 Broadway, New
York, NY 10012 (ph: 800/292-9°01
fax: 212/941-1443).
PBS Video, 1320 Braddock Place, Alexandria,
VA 22314 (ph: 800/344-3337,
fax: 703/739-5269).
Time Warner Entertainment Company, L.P.,
4000 Warner
Blvd., Burbank,
CA
91522.
WORLD WIDE WE RESOUR ES
We encourage you to explore the Wodd Wide
Web for additional information on the era and
artists covered in this resource. Most major
museums have Web sites that provide informa-
tion and supplementary links. The Metropoli-
tan Museum
of
Art s Web site address is
http://www.metmuseum.org. T here are a
num r
of
mus ums devoted
to
the life and
work
of
one particular artist.
You
can try for
example the Isamu Noguchi Garden Museum
http://www.noguchi.org/museum_info.html ,
the Andy Warhol Museum
http://www.warhol.org/warhol
and the Georgia O Keeffe Museum
http://www.okeeffe-museum.org .
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 190/191
7
7/25/2019 20th Century Art, Stella Paull
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/20th-century-art-stella-paull 191/191